Today's Hours: 8:00am - 10:00pm

Books

  • Digital
    volume editors, Mark Brennan-Ing, Rosanna F. DeMarco.
    Contents:
    Preface
    Local and global HIV aging demographics and research
    Are HIV-infected older adults aging differently?
    Cellular senescence, immunosenescence and HIV
    Biomarkers and clinical indices of aging with HIV
    Multimorbidity and burden of disease
    Polypharmacy, using new treatments to customize care for aging patients and adherence present and future
    Behavioral health
    Disability among persons aging with HIV/AIDS
    Application of geriatric principles and care models in HIV and aging
    Sexual health, risk and prevention
    Stigma in an aging context
    Social support systems and social network characteristics of older adults with HIV
    Remediating HIV-associated neurocognitive disorders via cognitive training: a perspective on neurocognitive aging
    Mental health, psychosocial challenges and resillence in older adults living with HIV
    Medical, social and supportive services for older adults with HIV
    The relevance of palliative care in HIV and aging
    Ageism, aging, and HIV: community responses to prevention, treatment, care and support
    Author index
    Subject index.
    Digital Access Karger 2017
  • Digital
    Lisa M. Chirch, Jurate Ivanaviciene, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Contents; Contributors;
    Chapter 1: Disorders of the Esophagus; Clinical Presentation; Opportunistic Infections; Esophageal Candidiasis; Histoplasmosis; Mycobacterium Species; Herpesviridae Family; CMV; HSV; HHV-8; Idiopathic Ulcer; Noninfectious Etiologies; Lymphoma; Non-AIDS-Defining Esophageal Cancer; Motility Disorders; References;
    Chapter 2: HIV and the Stomach;
    Chapter 3: Biliary Tree and Gallbladder Pathology in HIV; Introduction; AIDS Cholangiopathy; Opportunistic; Bacterial; Viral; Fungal; Parasitic/Protozoal; Noninfectious Etiologies; Vanishing Bile Duct Syndrome Antiretroviral Therapy-RelatedMalignancy; Diagnostic Testing; Cholangiography: MRCP and ERCP; Therapy; Procedural/Surgical; Prognosis; References;
    Chapter 4: Disorders of the Liver Excluding Hepatitis A, B, C, D, and E; Introduction; Histoplasmosis; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Cryptococcus; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Coccidioides; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Candida; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment PneumocystisEpidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Penicillium; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Schistosomiasis; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Bartonella; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Tuberculosis; Epidemiology; Pathophysiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; EBV; CMV; HSV; VZV; Adenovirus; HHV-8; HHV6; Drug-Induced Liver Injury in HIV; Antituberculosis Medications in HIV and the Liver Prevention of OI in HIV and the LiverConclusion; References;
    Chapter 5: Viral Hepatitis;
    Chapter 6: Disorders of the Pancreas; Epidemiology/Etiology; Acute HIV/Acute Pancreatitis; Antiretroviral (ART) Drug-Induced Pancreatitis; Nucleoside Reverse Transcriptase Inhibitors (NRTIs); Protease Inhibitors (PIs); Drug-Induced Pancreatitis Associated with Chemoprophylactic Drugs/Opportunistic Infections; Acute Pancreatitis Triggered by Opportunistic Infections; Mycobacterial Infections; Fungal Infections; Protozoan Parasitic Infections; AIDS-Associated Neoplasia; References
    Chapter 7: Disorders of the Small BowelViral Infections; Cytomegalovirus; Epidemiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Norovirus; Epidemiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment; Herpes Simplex Virus (HSV); Epidemiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis; Treatment; Adenovirus; Epidemiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis/Treatment; Mycobacterial Infections; Mycobacterium tuberculosis; Epidemiology; Clinical Manifestations; Diagnosis; Complications; Treatment; Mycobacterium avium Complex (MAC); Epidemiology; Clinical Presentation; Diagnosis; Treatment
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by John A. Joska, Dan J. Stein, Igor Grant.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology of psychopathology in HIV / Milton L. Wainberg, Karen McKinnon and Francine Cournos
    Pathogenesis of mental health disorders in HIV / Gursharan Chana, Chad A. Bousman and Ian P. Everall
    Clinical aspects of HIV-related neurocognitive disorders / Nicholas W.S. Davies and Bruce J. Brew
    Treatment of psychiatric disorders in HIV / Maria Ferrara, Ignacio Perez Valero, David J. Moore, Adam F. Knight, Nichole A. Duarte and J. Hampton Atkinson
    Special populations and public health aspects / Francine Cournos, Karen McKinnon, Veronica Pinho and Milton Wainberg.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Irini Sereti, Gregory P. Bisson, Graeme Meintjes, editors.
    Summary: Globally, HIV-associated tuberculosis is one of the most important causes of infection-related death, accounting for over 300,000 deaths worldwide in 2017. The HIV epidemic has undermined TB control efforts in many countries across the world, as the virus has important modifying effects on the pathogenesis, diagnosis, and treatment of TB. The management of HIV-associated TB is also complicated by rapid clinical progression, immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome, drug-drug interactions, and shared toxicities. The past two decades have yielded thousands of research publications and review articles on HIV-associated TB. HIV and Tuberculosis: A Formidable Alliance consolidates this massive amount of data into a single resource. With contributions from myriad disciplines, including epidemiology, immunology, public health, and clinical medicine, this book provides well-rounded and thorough coverage that will appeal to researchers and clinicians alike.

    Contents:
    1. Overview of the HIV-associated tuberculosis epidemic
    2 . Epidemiology of Drug-susceptible, Drug-resistant Tuberculosis and HIV in Africa
    3. Modelling the HIV-associated TB epidemic and the impact of interventions aimed at epidemic control
    4. Immune responses to Mycobacterium tuberculosis and the impact of HIV infection
    5. Clinical Manifestations of HIV-associated tuberculosis in adults
    6. The tuberculosis-associated immune reconstitution inflammatory syndrome (TB-IRIS)
    7. Diagnosis of HIV-associated tuberculosis
    8. Recent advances in the treatment of latent tuberculosis infection among adults living with HIV
    9. Treatment of drug-sensitive tuberculosis in persons with HIV
    10. Drug-resistant TB and HIV
    11. Co-treatment of tuberculosis and HIV: pharmacologic considerations
    12. HIV and TB in children
    13. Neurological TB in HIV.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gary Jones.
    Summary: Revisiting the thinking on vulnerability to HIV and risk of infection, this book provides better understanding by considering the risk of HIV infection alongside notions of personal and collective resilience, dignity and humiliation. The work shows that young people in the urban slum dignify their world and, in doing so, establish priorities and draw on a set of references oftentimes intelligible to them alone. Moreover, humiliation, as an interpersonal event, adds to a sense of vulnerability and lies closely behind choices directly affecting personal health and livelihood. Thus, dignity and humiliation are shown for the first time to have a critical role in health seeking and risky behavior related to HIV, and this is an area in great need of further research. The crucial focus of this work is further emphasized by the rapid growth of urban slums, and high rates of HIV among both slum dwellers and young people, who continue to bear the brunt of the AIDS epidemic, thirty years on. This comprehensive literature review provides a compelling argument that the time is right to further explore the nexus of risk and resilience from a people-centered perspective. Fresh insight is critical to reach the goal of ending AIDS by 2030.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    2. Vulnerability and Risk
    health and well being in the slum
    3. HIV as an urban epidemic
    4. Young people -vulnerability, risk and HIV in the urban slum
    5. Migration, young people and vulnerability in the urban slum
    6. Conclusion
    strengthening the evidence.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Marcus Hentrich, Stefan K. Barta, editors.
    Contents:
    Pathology
    Epidemiology
    Non-Hodgkin Lymphoma.-Hodgkin lymphoma
    Acute Myeloid Leukemia (AML) & Myelodysplastic Syndrome (MDS)
    Acute lymphoblastic leukemia (ALL)
    Autologous stem cell transplantation
    Allogeneic stem cell transplantation
    Multiple myeloma and monoclonal gammopathy of unknown significance
    Myeloproliferative disorders
    Multicentric Castelman's disease
    Chemotherapy and interactions with combination antiretroviral therapy (cART)
    Special considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Ralph Pantophlet, editor.
    Summary: Glycosylation is a common and extremely important modification in biological molecules, particularly of proteins. HIV Glycans in Infection and Immunity provides an overview of the roles of glycans in the transmission/infection, antigenicity, and immunogenicity of HIV and the HIV envelope glycoprotein. It explores recent advances in the understanding of the impact of HIV glycans in infection and their promise for immunological and therapeutic intervention. Novel collaborations between glycobiologists and immunologists in recent years have led to key advances in the understanding of HIV glycans. These cross-disciplinary endeavors, their achievements and their impact on the field are all addressed, herein.-- Source other than Library of Congress.

    Contents:
    HIV glycomics and glycoproteomics / Camille Bonomelli ... [et al.]
    Innate recognition of HIV-1 glycans : implications for infection, transmission, and immunity / Angelic M.G. van der Aar, Sonja I. Gringhuis, and teunis B.H. Geijtenbeek
    The influence of HIV enveloppe glycosylation on adaptive immune response / Catarina E. Hioe, Rajnish Kumar, and Shiu-Lok Hu
    Role of HIV glycans in transmission and immune escape / Penny L. Moore, Megan K. Murphy, and Cynthia A. Derdeyn
    Molecular recognition of HIV glycans by antibodies / Leopold Kong, Robyn L. Stanfield, and Ian A. Wilson
    Anti-carbohydrate HIV vaccine design / Lai-Xi Wang ... [et al.]
    Lectins as HIV microbicides / Leonardus M.I. Koharudin and Angela M. Gronenborn.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Bisola O. Ojikutu, Valerie E. Stone, editors.
    Summary: More people in communities of color are contracting, living with, and being treated for HIV/AIDS than ever before. In 2005, 71% of new AIDS cases were diagnosed in people of color. The rate of HIV infection in the African-American community alone has increased from 25% of total cases diagnosed in 1985 to 50% in 2005. Latinos similarly comprise a disproportionate segment of the AIDS epidemic: though they make up only 14% of the U.S. population, 20% of AIDS cases diagnosed in 2004 were Latino/a. Though the number of racial and ethnic minority HIV/AIDS cases continues to grow, the health care community has been unable to adequately meet the unique medical needs of these populations. African-American, Latino/Latina, and other patients of color are less likely to seek medical care, have sufficient access to the health care system, or receive the drugs they need for as long as they need them. HIV/AIDS in Minority Communities acknowledges the prevalence of HIV/AIDS within minority communities in the U.S. and strives to educate physicians about the barriers to treatment that exist for minority patients. By analyzing the main causes of treatment failure and promoting respect for individual and cultural values, this book effectively teaches readers to provide responsive, patient-centered care and devise preventive strategies for minority communities. Comprehensive chapters contributed by physicians with extensive experience dealing with HIV/AIDS in minority communities cover issues as far-reaching as: anti-retroviral therapy; dermatologic manifestations and co-morbidities of the disease in patients of color; unique risks to women and MSMs of color; participation of minority cases in HIV research; and substance abuse and mental health issues.

    Contents:
    Achieving health equity among US communities of color at risk for or living with HIV
    Epidemiology of HIV infection in communities of color in the United States
    PrEP and the Black community
    HIV prevention, care, and treatment among Black men who have sex with men (MSM)
    HIV/AIDS and the Latino populations in the United States
    Women of color and HIV
    HIV and immigrants from sub-Saharan Africa and the Caribbean living in the United States
    HIV in the South
    Neighborhood-level structural factors, HIV and communities of color
    Substance use disorder and HIV
    HIV prevention, care and treatment for transgender communities of color
    Medical mistrust, discrimination, and the domestic HIV epidemic
    Incarceration and the HIV epidemic.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Raziya Bobat, editor.
    Summary: This book serves as a reference work on pediatric HIV infection and covers the full bandwidth of topics from an introduction to pathogenesis and epidemiology, over the transmission of the HI virus, to clinical manifestations, treatment, and prevention strategies. Diseases and disorders occurring in HIV infected persons are discussed in detail. The book covers special populations, such as neonates born to an HIV positive mother and adolescents and examines the specific ways of managing HIV disease in these patient groups. This is the first book to cover palliative care as well as ethical, legal and social issues of HIV infection. .

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction and Epidemiology
    Transmission and Pathogenesis
    Diagnosis
    Clinical Manifestation
    Management
    HIV and TB
    Opportunistic Infections
    Immunisation of HIV infected child
    Special Populations, Neonates and Adolescents
    Cure
    HIV and the Microbiome.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    James A. Bourgeois, Mary Ann Adler Cohen, Getrude Makurumidze, editors.
    Summary: This book is a practical guide in understanding how to prevent HIV transmission, to recognize risk behaviors, and to add something else to their repertoires. It aims to empower clinicians and provide a sense of security and competence with the recognition and understanding of some of the psychiatric illnesses that complicate and perpetuate the HIV pandemic that continue to persist throughout every area of the world despite the magnitude of the progress that has transformed the illness from a rapidly fatal to chronic illness that is no longer life-limiting. Missing in most of the literature on HIV is the subtle, and sometimes not so subtle, contribution of psychiatric symptoms, psychiatric illness, and risk behaviors that drive the pandemic and serve as catalysts for new infections. This practical guide provides state-of-the-art understanding of not only prevention but also a way to recognize risk behaviors, psychiatric symptoms, and psychiatric illnesses that will demystify and decode the sometimes enigmatic and frustrating reasons for nonadherence with diagnostic procedures and life-saving treatments and care. All behaviors and pathology are covered as well as the resources and treatments available. The goal of this text is to refresh knowledge on the current state of psychiatric illness management among people living with HIV, to provide a concise volume on the psychiatric aspects of HIV prevention and treatment that substantially impact the overall care of the patient, and to help understand the psychiatric catalysts of the pandemic Written by experts in the field, HIV Psychiatry: A Practical Guide for Clinicians provides enduring guidance to medical and other professionals caring for complicated clinical patients as they face ongoing challenges in working with persons with HIV and AIDS.

    Contents:
    The Definition and Scope of HIV Psychiatry - How to Provide Compassionate Care
    HIV Testing and Prevention
    HIV Stigma
    Consultation, Assessment, and Evaluation
    Screening for Psychiatric Disorders in HIV Care
    Depressive Disorders
    Trauma and Stressor-Associated Disorders
    Bipolar Disorders
    Anxiety Disorders
    HIV-Associated Neurocognitive Disorders and Delirium
    Substance-Related and Addictive Disorders
    HIV and Serious Mental Illness
    Suicide in HIV
    HIV Syndemics
    HIV in Specific Populations
    Principles of HIV Treatment
    Antiretrovirals and Psychotropics: Drug Interactions and Complications
    Treatment of Comorbid HIV/HCV
    Integrated and Collaborative Care
    Palliative and End-of-Life Care in HIV
    Legal and Ethical Aspects of HIV Psychiatry
    The COVID-19 Outbreak and the HIV Pandemic.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    D. M. Basavarajaiah, Bhamidipati Narasimha Murthy.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Linqi Zhang, Sharon R. Lewin, editors.
    Summary: "This book provides a comprehensive review of the major barriers to HIV cure and vaccine. It covers the fundamental virology and immunology leading to HIV transmission, protection from infection and long term HIV persistence on antiretroviral therapy. In addition, strategies being tested to eliminate persistent HIV and the rational design of vaccines to induce protective immunity are covered. This book also discusses the challenges related to the design of clinical trials for testing the safety and efficacy of these innovative approaches. This book will provide a systematic overview and also discuss controversial issues for researchers in virology and immunology, as well as practicing physicians, and scientists in the pharmaceutical industry"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    HIV vaccines. HIV vaccine efficacy trials: RV144 and beyond / Elizabeth Heger, Alexandra Schuetz, Sandhya Vasan
    HIV T-cell vaccines / Beatriz Mothe, Christian Brander
    HIV broadly neutralizing antibodies: VRC01 and beyond / Xueling Wu
    Structural features of broadly neutralizing antibodies and rational design of vaccine / Tongqing Zhou, Kai Xu
    Monkey models and HIV vaccine research / Zhiwei Chen
    Treatment of HIV for the prevention of transmission in discordant couples and at the population level / M. Kumi Smith, Britta L. Jewell, Timothy B. Hallett, Myron S. Cohen
    HIV cure. HIV persistence on antiretroviral therapy and barriers to a cure / Julia Marsh Sung, David M. Margolis
    The molecular biology of HIV latency / Georges Khoury, Gilles Darcis, Michelle Y. Lee, Sophie Bouchat, Benoit Van Driessche, Damian F. J. Purcell [and others]
    Cellular determinants of HIV persistence on antiretroviral therapy / Anastassia Mikhailova, Jose Carlos Valle-Casuso, Asier Sáez-Cirión
    In vitro and in vivo models of HIV latency / James B. Whitney, R. Brad Jones
    Measuring HIV persistence on antiretroviral therapy / Bethany A. Horsburgh, Sarah Palmer
    Clinical interventions in HIV cure research / Thomas Aagaard Rasmussen, Ole S. Søgaard.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Carolyn I. Rodriguez, Randy O. Frost.
    Summary: "Accounts of hoarding behaviors stretch back thousands of years--most recently depicted in popular reality television series--but it wasn't until the publication of DSM-5 in 2013 that hoarding was classified as a disorder in its own right rather than as a symptom of obsessive-compulsive disorder or obsessive-compulsive personality disorder. In this single source, readers can access the most up-to-date comprehensive information on what is known about the disorder. Drawing on both the authors' own clinical experience and published research, Hoarding Disorder: A Comprehensive Clinical Guide examines the phenomenology and etiology of the disorder, as well as psychotherapeutic and pharmacological treatments, challenges, and future directions. Appendixes feature useful symptom rating scales that can be applied to practice. Whether readers are practicing psychiatrists, psychologists, or other mental health professionals; professionals in training; or peer support counselors and community advocates; all will benefit from the wealth of information in this volume--made more easily accessible through key points in each chapter--and find the guidance they need to effectively and compassionately treat patients with hoarding disorder"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction and history
    Diagnosis and comorbidity
    Assessment
    Insight and motivation
    Cognitive-behavioral model
    Neurobiology
    Cognitive-behavioral therapy
    Pharmacotherapy
    Harm reduction
    Community
    Elders
    Animal hoarding
    Squalor
    Conclusions and future directions.
  • Digital
    Nassim Agdari-Moghadam.
    Summary: This book offers in-depth information on pathological hoarding, describing both the root of the disorder and its progression. How can hoarding disorder be diagnosed? What are the challenges involved in treatment? How can professionals best deal with those affected? In this practical guide, health professionals will find the answers to these and many other questions. In the last few years the awareness of this disorder has gradually increased not only in the academic community, but also in the media and it has become clear that there are a considerable number of people worldwide who continue to suffer from it. The case studies presented here share essential insights into the diverse backgrounds and lives of affected individuals. In addition, hoarding disorder has since been classified as a new mental disorder by the WHO, which means many psychoanalysts, psychologists, psychiatrists and social workers will need to be trained accordingly. This book offers valuable guidance.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Basics of Hoarding disorder
    Treatment Recommendations
    Psychodynamic
    Aspects: Self-Perspectives
    Summary and Outlook
    Messy-Quick-Test.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Andreas Engert, Anas Younes, editors.
    Summary: This book examines in detail the current treatment options for first-line, relapsed, and refractory Hodgkin lymphoma and the management appropriate in special clinical circumstances, including in the elderly, pregnant women, and those with lymphocyte-predominant disease. Careful attention is devoted to the emerging individually tailored treatment strategies that are especially appealing given their potential to reduce early and late treatment side effects in this generally young patient population. In addition, clear guidance is provided on the management of Hodgkin survivors. Other topics addressed include epidemiology, pathogenesis, the role of the microenvironment, initial clinical evaluation, imaging diagnosis, use of staging systems, and prognostic factors. The second edition of Hodgkin Lymphoma: A Comprehensive Overview has been revised and updated by the key opinion leaders to reflect recent progress in the field. It will be of great value to hematologists, oncologists, and all others with an interest in Hodgkin lymphoma. .

    Contents:
    Part I: From Hodgkin's disease to Hodgkin Lymphoma: Epidemiology
    The role of viruses in the genesis of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Pathology and molecular pathology of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Microenvironment, cross-talk and immune escape mechanisms
    What will we learn from Genomics and Proteomics in Hodgkin Lymphoma? Part II: Diagnosis and treatment: Clinical evaluation
    Functional imaging
    Prognostic factors
    Principles of radiation techniques in Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Principles of chemotherapy in Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Treatment of early favorable Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Treatment of early unfavorable Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Treatment of advanced-stage Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Relapsed and refractory Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Paediatric Hodgkin Lymphoma. Part III: Special Clinical Situations: Lymphocyte-predominant Hodgkin Lymphoma
    The management of Hodgkin Lymphoma during pregnancy
    The management of HIV-Hodgkin Lymphoma
    The management of elderly patients with Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Allogeneic transplantation for relapsed of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Targeting CD 30
    Other new agents for patients with Hodgkin Lymphoma. Part IV: Survivorship: Quality of Life in Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Second malignancy risk after treatment of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Cardiovascular and pulmonary late effects
    Gonadal dysfunction and fertility preservation in Hodgkin Lymphoma patients. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Andreas Engert, Anas Younes, editors.
    Summary: This book, now in its third edition, examines the current treatment options for first-line, relapsed, and refractory Hodgkin lymphoma and the appropriate management in special clinical circumstances, including in the elderly, pregnant women, and those with nodular lymphocyte-predominant disease (NLPHL). Careful attention is devoted to the emerging individually tailored treatment strategies, including checkpoint inhibition, that are especially appealing given their potential to reduce early and late treatment side effects in this generally young patient population. In addition, clear guidance is provided on the management of Hodgkin survivors. Other topics addressed include epidemiology, pathogenesis, the role of the microenvironment, initial clinical evaluation, imaging diagnosis, use of staging systems, and prognostic factors. The new edition of Hodgkin Lymphoma: A Comprehensive Overview has been revised and updated by key opinion leaders to reflect recent progress in the field. It will be of great value to hematologists, oncologists, and all others with an interest in Hodgkin lymphoma.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I: Epidemiology and Pathogenesis
    1: Epidemiology of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    1.1 Introduction
    1.2 Definition and Histological Classification (WHO)
    1.3 Hodgkin Lymphoma Occurrence
    1.3.1 Overall Incidence
    1.3.2 Age-Specific Incidence Patterns Vary Geographically
    1.3.2.1 Historical Patterns
    1.3.2.2 Modern Age-Specific Incidence Patterns
    1.3.2.3 Age-Specific Incidence Patterns for Hodgkin Lymphoma Subtypes
    1.3.3 Incidence Trends
    1.3.4 Classifications for Epidemiological Studies: Multi-disease Models 1.3.5 Classifications by Age at Diagnosis, Histology and Tumour Epstein-Barr Virus Status
    1.3.6 Overlap Between Epidemiological Classifications of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    1.4 Familial Accumulation of Hodgkin Lymphoma: Genetic Predisposition
    1.4.1 Genetic Studies: Genome-Wide Association Studies
    1.4.1.1 Hodgkin Lymphoma Subtype-Specific Associations in Genetic Analyses
    1.5 Risk Factors
    1.5.1 Prevailing Hypotheses in Hodgkin Lymphoma Epidemiology
    1.5.1.1 Childhood Socio- Economic Environment
    1.5.2 Anthropometry
    1.5.3 Medical History
    1.5.3.1 Infections Epstein-Barr Virus Infection: Infectious Mononucleosis
    Epstein-Barr Virus Infection: Serological Evidence
    Epstein-Barr Virus Infection: Variation in Tumour Prevalence
    A Four-Disease Model for Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Other Childhood Infections
    1.5.3.2 Primary and Secondary Immune Deficiencies
    1.5.3.3 Autoimmune and Allergic Disorders
    Autoimmune and Allergic/Atopic Diseases
    1.5.3.4 Medications
    1.5.4 Environmental Exposures
    1.5.4.1 Ultraviolet Light
    1.5.4.2 Tobacco
    1.5.4.3 Alcohol
    1.6 Conclusion
    References 2: The Role of Viruses in the Genesis of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Hodgkin Lymphoma and Epstein-Barr Virus
    2.2.1 Epstein-Barr Virus and the Pathogenesis of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.2.2 Risk Factors for Epstein-Barr Virus-Associated Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.2.3 Epstein-Barr Virus and Hodgkin Lymphoma: A Causative Association?
    2.2.4 Epstein-Barr Virus and the Clinicopathological Features of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.3 Epstein-Barr Virus-Negative Hodgkin Lymphoma Cases
    2.3.1 Hodgkin Lymphoma and Herpesviruses Other Than Epstein-Barr Virus 2.3.2 Polyomaviruses and Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.3.3 Measles Virus and Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.3.4 The Virome, Anelloviruses, and Hodgkin Lymphoma
    2.4 Conclusions
    References
    3: Pathology and Molecular Pathology of Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.1 Subclassification and Pathology
    3.1.1 Nodular Lymphocyte-Predominant Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.1.2 Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma: The HRS Cells
    3.1.2.1 Nodular Sclerosis Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.1.2.2 Mixed Cellularity Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.1.2.3 Lymphocyte-Depleted Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma
    3.1.2.4 Lymphocyte-Rich Classical Hodgkin Lymphoma
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Print
    C.R. Taylor.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    RC280.L9 T39
    2
  • Digital
    A. Victor Hoffbrand, Paul A.H. Moss.
    Contents:
    Haemopoiesis
    Erythropoiesis and general aspects of anaemia
    Hypochromic anaemias
    Iron overload
    Megaloblastic anaemias and other macrocytic anaemias
    Haemolytic anaemias
    Genetic disorders of haemoglobin
    The white cells 1: granulocytes, monocytes and their benign disorders
    The white cells 2: lymphocytes and their benign disorders
    The spleen
    The aetiology and genetics of haematological malignancies
    Management of haematological malignancy
    Acute myeloid leukaemia
    Chronic myeloid leukaemia
    Myeloproliferative disease
    Myelodysplasia
    Acute lymphoblastic leukaemia
    The chronic lymphoid leukaemias
    Hodgkin lymphoma
    Non-Hodgkin lymphoma
    Multiple myeloma and related disorders
    Aplastic anaemia and bone marrow failure
    Stem cell transplantation
    Platelets, blood coagulation and haemostasis
    Bleeding disorders caused by vascular and platelet abnormalities
    Coagulation disorders
    Thrombosis 1: pathogenesis and diagnosis
    Thombosis 2: treatment
    Haematological changes in systemic disease
    Blood transfusion
    Pregnancy and neonatal haematology
    Appendix. World Health Organization classification of tumours of the haematopoietic and lymphoid tissues.
  • Print
    A. Victor Hoffbrand, David P. Steensma.
    Summary: "Essential Haematology is established as the most authoritative introduction to haematology. Beautifully presented, it introduces the formation and function of blood cells and diseases that arise from dysfunction and disruption of these processes. Basic science, diagnostic tests, clinical features and management are all clearly explained. The book outlines the basic principles of clinical and laboratory haematology and shows how manifestations of blood diseases can be explained by new knowledge of the disease processes"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Haemopoiesis
    Erythropoiesis and general aspects of anaemia
    Hypochromic anaemias
    Iron overload
    Megaloblastic anaemias and other macrocytic anaemias
    Haemolytic anaemias
    Genetic disorders of haemoglobin
    The white cells, part 1: granulocytes, monocytes and their benign disorders
    The white cells, part 2: lymphocytes and their benign disorders
    The spleen
    The aetiology and genetics of haematological neoplasia
    Management of haematological malignancy
    Acute myeloid leukaemia
    Chronic myeloid leukaemia
    Myeloproliferative neoplasms
    Myelodysplastic syndromes
    Acute lymphoblastic leukaemia
    The chronic lymphocytic leukaemias
    Hodgkin lymphoma
    Non-hodgkin lymphomas
    Multiple myeloma and related plasma cell neoplasms
    Aplastic anaemia and bone marrow failure
    Haemopoietic stem cell transplantation
    Platelets, blood coagulation and haemostasis
    Bleeding disorders caused by vascular and platelet abnormalities
    Coagulation disorders
    Thrombosis 1: pathogenesis and diagnosis
    Thrombosis 2: treatment
    Haematological changes in systemic diseases
    Blood transfusion
    Pregnancy and neonatal haematology.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RB145 .H698 2020
    1
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Hokkaido University Medical Library Series to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    [edited by] George W. Holcomb, J. Patrick Murphy, Shawn D. St Peter ; associate editor John M. Gatti.
    Contents:
    Section I: General. Physiology of the newborn
    Nutritional support for the pediatric patient
    Anesthetic considerations for pediatric surgical conditions
    Renal impairment and renovascular hypertension
    Coagulopathies and sickle cell disease
    Extracorporeal membrane oxygenation
    Mechanical ventilation in pediatric surgical disease
    Vascular access
    Surgical infectious disease
    Fetal therapy
    Section II: Trauma. Ingestion of foreign bodies
    Bites
    Burns
    Early assessment and management of trauma
    Thoracic trauma
    Abdominal and renal trauma
    Head injury and facial trauma
    Pediatric orthopedic trauma
    Neurosurgical conditions
    Section III: Thoracic. Chest wall deformities
    Management of laryngotracheal obstruction in children
    Congenital bronchopulmonary malformations
    Acquired lesions of the lung and pleura
    Congenital diaphragmatic hernia and eventration
    Mediastinal tumors
    The esophagus
    Esophageal atresia and tracheoesophageal fistula malformations
    Section IV: Abdomen. Gastroesophageal reflux
    Lesions of the stomach
    Duodenal and intestinal atresia and stenosis
    Malrotation
    Meconium disease
    Necrotizing enterocolitis
    Hirschsprung disease
    Anorectal atresia and cloacal malformations
    Fecal incontinence and constipation
    Acquired anorectal disorders
    Intussusception
    Alimentary tract duplications
    Meckel diverticulum
    Inflammatory bowel disease
    Appendicitis
    Biliary atresia
    Choledochal cyst and gallbladder disease
    Solid organ transplantation in children
    Lesions of the pancreas
    Splenic conditions
    Congenital abdominal wall defects – gastroschisis and omphalocele
    Umbilical and other abdominal wall hernias
    Section V: Inguinal region and scrotum. Inguinal hernia
    Undescended testes and testicular tumors
    The acute scrotum
    Section VI: Urology. Developmental and positional anomalies of the kidneys
    Ureteral obstruction and malformations
    Urinary tract infections and vesicoureteral reflux
    Bladder and urethra
    Posterior urethral valves
    Bladder and cloacal exstrophy
    Hypospadias
    Circumcision
    Prune belly syndrome
    Differences of sexual development
    Section VII: Neoplasms. Principles of adjuvant therapy in childhood cancer
    Renal tumors
    Neuroblastoma
    Lesions of the liver
    Teratomas, dermoids, and other soft tissue tumors
    Lymphomas
    Rhabdomyosarcoma
    Section VIII: Skin and soft tissue diseases. Nevus and melanoma
    Vascular anomalies
    Head and neck sinuses and masses
    Section IX: Special topics. Pediatric and adolescent gynecology
    Breast diseases
    Endocrine disorders and tumors
    Bariatric surgical procedures in adolescence
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    American Holistic Nurses Association, American Nurses Association.
    Summary: Holistic nursing has as its goal healing the whole person, an approach that is grounded in the inherent interconnectedness of self, others, nature, and spirituality. The holistic nurse is an instrument of healing and a facilitator in the healing process, honoring the individual's subjective experience of health, health beliefs, and values, viewing the whole person and his/her needs in their entirety, with integration as the goal. This publication is a guide to the essentials of a distinctive practice specialty. -- Publisher description.

    Contents:
    Introduction :
    Function of the scope of practice statement of holistic nursing
    Function of the standard of holistic nursing
    Function of competencies accompanying standards of holistic nursing
    Development of the holistic nursing standards of practice: basic and advanced
    Summary. Holistic nursing scope of practice :
    Definition and overview of holistic nursing
    Evolution of holistic nursing
    Current state and trends of holistic nursing
    Philosophical principles of holistic nursing
    Integrating the art and science of nursing
    Settings for holistic nursing practice
    Educational preparation for holistic nursing practice
    Certification in holistic nursing
    Commitment to the nursing profession
    Care of older adults in holistic nursing
    Issues in holistic nursing
    Education
    Research
    Clinical practice
    Policy. Standards of holistic nursing practice :
    Overarching philosophical principles of holistic nursing
    Standards of practice for holistic nursing
    Standards of professional performance Glossary
    References and bibliography
    Appendix A: Holistic nursing: scope and standards of practice, second edition (2013)
    Appendix B: American Holistic Nurses Association (AHNA) position statement on holistic nursing ethics
    Appendix C: Position on the role of nurses in the practice of complementary and integrative health approaches (CIHA) June 2016
    Index.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Theresa Mallick-Searle, editor.
    Summary: This book presents a patient centric, holistic view and management strategy for registered nurses, advanced practice nurses and midwives to care for the pregnant female, including considerations in pregnancy planning. There is a significant gap in information about holistic care and nursing considerations of the pregnant female with regards to pain management, which this book fills. It develops on the preparation before pregnancy, as nutrition or exercise, on behavioural management of pain with the impact of anxiety and different therapies. The book examines the musculoskeletal pain, the headache and fibromyalgia occurring during pregnancy. It also informs on the nutraceuticals in pregnancy, the use of opioids and of nerve blocks. This book finally explores complementary treatments during pregnancy. Case-studies are presented for improved understanding and to provide a real-world perspective. This book, written by nursing and psychology experts in their fields of specialty practice, will appeal to nurses and midwives working with pregnant women or planning to have a baby.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Background
    Chapter 3. In preparation for pregnancy
    Chapter 4. Musculoskeletal Pain during pregnancy
    Chapter 5. Headache/migraine during pregnancy
    Chapter 6. Fibromyalgia/generalized body pain during pregnancy
    Chapter 7. Nutraceuticals in pregnancy
    Chapter 8. Opioids in pregnancy (outside OUD)
    Chapter 9. Use of nerve blocks in pregnancy
    Chapter 10. Complementary treatments in pregnancy
    Chapter 11. Behavioural management in pregnancy
    Chapter 12. Additional Case-studies.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    editors, Robert C. Bast, Jr, Carlo M. Croce, William Hait, Waun Ki Hong, Donald W. Kufe, Martine Piccart-Gebhart, Raphael E. Pollock, Ralph R. Weichselbaum, Hongyang Wang, James F. Holland.
    Summary: "The original reference resource for medical oncologists, radiation oncologists, internists, and allied specialties involved in the treatment of cancer patients, Holland-Frei Cancer Medicine covers the ever-expanding field of current cancer science and clinical oncology practice. In this new ninth edition an outstanding editorial team from world-renowned medical centers continue to hone the leading edge forged in previous editions, with timely information on biology, immunology, etiology, epidemiology, prevention, screening, pathology, imaging, and therapy. Holland-Frei Cancer Medicine, Ninth Edition, brings scientific principles to clinical practice and is a testament to the ethos that innovative, comprehensive, multidisciplinary treatment of cancer patients must be grounded in a fundamental understanding of cancer biology. This ninth edition features hundreds of full color illustrations, photographs, tables, graphs and algorithms that enhance understanding of complex topics and make this text an invaluable clinical tool. Over 15 brand new chapters covering the latest advances, including chapters on Cancer Metabolism, Bioinformatics, Biomarker Based Clinical Trial Design, Health Services Research and Survivorship bring this comprehensive resource up-to-date. Each chapter contains overview boxes, select references and other pedagogic features, designed to make the content easy to access and absorb"--Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Nuria Torrescano- Valle, Gerald A. Islebe, Priyadarsi D. Roy.
    Summary: This book provides essential information on Mexico's Holocene and Anthropocene climate and vegetation history. Considering the geography of Mexico - which is home to a variety of climatic and environmental conditions, from desert and tropical to high mountain climates - this book focuses on its postglacial paleoecology and paleoclimatology. Further, it analyses human intervention since the middle Holocene as a major agent of environmental change. Offering a valuable tool for understanding past climate change and its relationship with present climate change, the book is a must-read for botanists, ecologists, palaeontologists and graduate students in related fields.

    Contents:
    1) Introduction: The Holocene and Anthropocene Environmental History, of Mexico
    2) Paleoclimate of the Gulf of California (Northwestern Mexico) during the last 2000 years
    3) Holocene hydroclimate of the subtropical Mexico: a state of the art
    4)The Environment of Ancient Cloud Forests in the Mexican Pacific
    5) Sea level change and its influence on the coastal landscape in the Gulf of Mexico during the Holocene
    6) Insights into the Holocene environmental history of the highlands in central Mexico
    7) Integration of landscape approaches for the spatial reconstruction of the vegetation
    8) Volcanic Activity in Mexico during the Holocene
    9) Human Influence vs Natural Climate Variability
    10) Holocene Paleoecology and Paleoclimatology of south and south-eastern Mexico: a palynological approach
    11) From Calakmul to the Sea: The Historical Ecology of a Classic Maya City that Controlled the Candelaria/Champoton Watersheds
    12) Lidar at El Pilar: Understanding Vegetation Above and Discovering the Ground Features Below in the Maya Forest.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Dierck Hillmann ; with a foreword by Gereon Hüttmann.
    Summary: Holoscopy is a new tomographic imaging modality that combines techniques of digital holography with Fourier-domain optical coherence tomography (FD-OCT). Dierck Hillmann gives a theoretical introduction to the mathematics and physics of holoscopy and develops an efficient numerical reconstruction procedure. Compared to FD-OCT, holoscopy provides unique advantages by enabling tomographic imaging without a limited depth of focus, but results in an increased numerical cost for reconstruction. In further chapters, the author introduces techniques for FD-OCT that are relevant to holoscopy as well. He demonstrates and compares numerical reconstruction methods for FD-OCT and shows how motion and dispersion artifacts in FD-OCT can be numerically compensated. Contents Theoretical Introduction to Optical Coherence Tomography and Digital Holography FD-OCT Signal Processing Using the Non-Equispaced Fast Fourier Transform Motion and Dispersion Correction in FD-OCT Holoscopy Target Groups Academics and practitioners in the fields of computer science, optical coherence tomography, digital holography, and medical imaging. The Author Dierck Hillmann received his doctoral degree in the group of Gereon Hüttmann at the Institute of Biomedical Optics in Lübeck and is currently working for a leading company in the fields of science and photonics. The Editor The series Aktuelle Forschung Medizintechnik is edited by Thorsten M. Buzug.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Theory
    FD-OCT signal processing using the non-equispaced fast Fourier transform
    Motion and dispersion correction in FD-OCT
    Holoscopy
    Conclusion.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Jessica L. Colburn, Bruce Leff, Jennifer Hayashi, Mattan Schuchman, editors.
    Summary: This book aims to equip individual clinicians with the interdisciplinary knowledge, skills, and perspective they need to provide the best care possible. Written by experts in home-based medical care, this book consists of 20 of the most common scenarios that challenge physicians administering home-based care for geriatric patients. Each scenario requires an approach or leverages aspects of care delivery that most are not trained in. Additionally, each scenario reflects an approach to care that is enhanced by interdisciplinary input. Finally, each case lends itself to a practical problem-solving approach that could be accomplished by most home-based medical care providers, even in the absence of an interdisciplinary team. Home-Based Medical Care for Older Adults is a valuable resource for all clinicians who may administer medical care in a non-medical setting, including geriatricians, family medicine physicians, psychiatrists, home nurses, social workers, students, and other interdisciplinary team members.

    Contents:
    1. Involuntary Weight Loss
    2. Assessing Decision-Making Capacity
    3. Acute Illness at Home
    4. Dementia Behavior Management
    5. Bacteriuria in a Patient with Incident Delirium
    6. Caregiver Burden
    7. Elder Abuse and Neglect
    8. Management of Frequent Falls
    9. Home Assessments: Improving Patients' Capacity for Self-Management
    10. Transitioning to Long-Term Care
    11. Pressure Injuries
    12. Opioid Management
    13. Social Isolation
    14. Serious Mental Illness
    15. Functional Rehabilitation and Realistic Goals
    16. Polypharmacy
    17. Telephone Medicine
    18. Morbid Obesity
    19. Urinary Catheter Management at Home
    20. End of Life Care.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    George S. Stergiou, Gianfranco Parati, Giuseppe Mancia, editors.
    Summary: Hypertension remains a leading cause of disability and death worldwide. Self-monitoring of blood pressure by patients at home is currently recommended as a valuable tool for the diagnosis and management of hypertension. Unfortunately, in clinical practice, home blood pressure monitoring is often inadequately implemented, mostly due to the use of inaccurate devices and inappropriate methodologies. Thus, the potential of the method to improve the management of hypertension and cardiovascular disease prevention has not yet been exhausted. This volume presents the available evidence on home blood pressure monitoring, discusses its strengths and limitations, and presents strategies for its optimal implementation in clinical practice. Written by distinguished international experts, it offers a complete source of information and guide for practitioners and researchers dealing with the management of hypertension.

    Contents:
    1. Devices for home BP monitoring
    2. Cuff design for home BP monitors
    3. Home BP and preclinical organ damage
    4. Prognostic studies of home BP
    5. Diagnostic value of home BP
    6. Home BP monitoring schedule
    7. Home BP for treatment titration
    8. Home BP monitoring, treatment adherence and hypertension control
    9. Home BP monitoring: Cost-effectiveness patients' preference and barriers for use
    10. Home BP monitoring in clinical research
    11. Home BP tele-monitoring and mobile digital health technology
    12. Nocturnal home BP monitoring
    13. Home BP monitoring in children, pregnancy, renal disease
    14. Home BP variability
    15. Home versus ambulatory BP monitoring
    16. Guidelines for home BP monitoring.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Tina Marrelli.
    Summary: Tina M. Marrelli's new book, Home Care Nursing: Surviving in an Ever-Changing Care Environment is a practical and comprehensive guidebook written concisely and without jargon or insider acronyms, making the book accessible to anyone whose work is connected to home care nursing services. Designed to provide chapters as stand-alone resources for readers with previous experience seeking updated guidance, Home Care Nursing is also an excellent guide for course or orientation material. Each chapter is packed with practical questions, discussion topics, and additional resources, such as a complete Medicare Benefit Policy for reference. Additionally, offering more than just an overview of the healthcare and home care markets, this book discusses the unique practice setting and environment of home care nursing, the laws regulations, and quality, and how to make the leap into the field, document your home visit, and improve your professional growth and development. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Foreword
    Introduction
    Chapter 1. Healthcare: Overview of Change and Complexity
    Chapter 2. What Is Home Healthcare and Home Care Comprised of Exactly?
    Chapter 3. What Makes Home Care the Most Unique Practice Setting?
    Chapter 4. Becoming a Home Care Clinician or Manager: Information Needed for Success
    Chapter 5. The Environment of Care: The Home and Community Interface
    Chapter 6. The Fundamentals: The Interface of Law, Regulation, and Quality. Chapter 7. The Home Visit: The Important Unit of Care
    Chapter 8. Documentation of Care and Related Processes
    Chapter 9. Where to From Here? Or Welcome to the Most Exciting Healthcare Setting There Is!
    Appendix A. Home Care and Hospice/Palliative Care Organizations/Associations
    Appendix B. Resources for Clinicians and Patient/Caregiver Education
    Appendix C. Home Health & Hospice MAC Areas
    Appendix D. Medicare Benefit Policy Manual: Chapter 7-Home Health Services.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2017
  • Print
    Thema Bryant, PhD.
    Summary: "A road map for dismantling the fear and shame that keep you from living a free and authentic life. In the aftermath of stress, disappointment, and trauma, people often fall into survival mode, even while a part of them longs for more. Juggling multiple demands and responsibilities keeps them busy, but not healed. As a survivor of sexual assault, racism, and evacuation from a civil war in Liberia, Dr. Thema Bryant knows intimately the work involved in healing. Having made the journey herself, in addition to guiding others as a clinical psychologist and ordained minister, Dr. Thema shows you how to reconnect with your authentic self and reclaim your time, your voice, your life. Signs of disconnection from self can take many forms, including people-pleasing, depression, anxiety, and resentment. Healing starts with recognizing and expressing emotions in an honest way and reconnecting with the neglected parts of yourself, but it can't be done in a vacuum. Dr. Thema gives you the tools to meaningfully connect with your larger community, even if you face racism and sexism, heartbreak, grief, and trauma. Rather than shrinking in the face of life's difficulties, you will discover in Homecoming the therapeutic approaches and spiritual practices to live a more expansive life characterized by empowerment, healthier relationships, gratitude, and a deeper sense of purpose."-- Jacket.

    Contents:
    Introduction: Homesick and disconnected
    part 1. Longing for home: Ring the alarm : I need a homecoming ; Internal signs of disconnection ; External signs of disconnection
    part 2. Packing light : what to carry on the journey home: Reparenting yourself ; Emotional intelligence ; Community care and self-care ; Building self-confidence ; Spiritual practices
    part 3. Recovering from roadblocks on the journey home: Mourning invisible losses ; Healing from breakups and divorce ; Coping and healing from a toxic workplace ; Recovering from childhood trauma ; Resisting oppression
    Conclusion: Welcome home : the journey continues.
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Digital/Print
    Yaa Gyasi.
    Summary: "Two half sisters, Effia and Esi, unknown to each other, are born into two different tribal villages in 18th century Ghana. Effia will be married off to an English colonial, and will live in comfort in the sprawling, palatial rooms of Cape Coast Castle, raising half-caste children who will be sent abroad to be educated in England before returning to the Gold Coast to serve as administrators of the Empire. Her sister, Esi, will be imprisoned beneath Effia in the Castle's women's dungeon, and then shipped off on a boat bound for America, where she will be sold into slavery. Stretching from the tribal wars of Ghana to slavery and Civil War in America, from the coal mines in the north to the Great Migration to the streets of 20th century Harlem, Yaa Gyasi's has written a modern masterpiece, a novel that moves through histories and geographies and--with outstanding economy and force--captures the troubled spirit of our own nation"-- Provided by publisher.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    S3607.Y37 H66 2017
    1
  • Digital
    Muhammad Naveed Noor.
    Summary: While homeless young people (HYP) are typically perceived as irresponsible and morally suspect individuals who lack essential social skills to navigate their lives, this book offers an alternative and more positive perspective. It demonstrates that HYP improvise with resources available on the streets to improve their social and financial status, although they experience significant social structural constraints. This ground-breaking text provides an analysis of social processes that contribute to young people's homelessness, their engagement in sex work, their establishment of intimate partnerships, and sexual practices which may increase their risk of HIV and other sexually transmitted infections (STIs). The book demonstrates how the ongoing social and financial instability and insecurity neutralises HYP's knowledge of HIV/STIs, and how financial considerations, fear of violence by clients, and social obligations in intimate partnerships contribute to their sexual risk-taking. The author argues that the conventional approach of promoting health through raising awareness regarding HIV/STI prevention may continue to bring less than promising outcomes unless we focus on how structural and contextual conditions operate in the backdrop and produce conditions less conducive for young people. Included in the coverage: factors that contribute to youth homelessness factors that shape sexual practice a Bourdieusian analysis of youth homelessness and sexual risk-taking a health promotion approach that can potentially reduce youth homelessness and their risk of HIV/STIs Homeless Youth of Pakistan: Survival Sex and HIV Risk will attract undergraduate and postgraduate students, and researchers interested in exploring issues such as youth homelessness, sexual risk-taking, and HIV/STIs.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction
    Chapter 2. Understanding Youth Homelessness
    Chapter 3. Understanding Sexual Behaviour
    Chapter 4. The Theory of Capital and Social Practice
    Chapter 5. Methodological Approach to the Study
    Chapter 6. Capital-deficit and Youth Homelessness
    Chapter 7. The Street-field: A Capital-building Site
    Chapter 8. Sexual Risk-taking: Competing Priorities of Capital-building, Physical Safety, and Sexual Health
    Chapter 9. Key Messages and Implications for Health Promotion.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    Edzard Ernst.
    Contents:
    Part I: The Facts of the Matter
    Introduction
    Definition and Main Principles of Homeopathy
    Myths about Homeopathy
    Current Popularity, Acceptance, and Regulation of Homeopathy
    History of Homeopathy
    Different Types of Homeopathy and Homeopaths
    The Patients of Homeopaths
    Homeopathy as a Criticism of Conventional Medicine
    Scientific Evidence
    Spurious Arguments for and Counter-Arguments against Homeopathy
    Part II: Lexicon of Homeopathy.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Natalie Grams.
    Summary: Homeopathy is over 200 years old and is still experiencing an uninterrupted influx of new practitioners and patients. Many patients and therapists swear by this "alternative healing method", which in some countries is even financed by health insurances. This seems completely incomprehensible to critics: For them it is clearly evident that homeopathy is hopelessly unscientific and has at best a placebo effect. The positions of supporters and opponents seem to be just as immutable as they are incompatible. This book answers some essential and fascinating questions: What remains of the founding ideas of homeopathy in 21st century medicine? Does it really work and, if so, how? Which of the original theories can we still apply today with a clear conscience and use for the benefit of patients and the healthcare system? Where does homeopathy have its limits and does it indeed need to be critically reconsidered and evaluated? The author has dealt with the points of criticism for years, but at the same time also takes seriously the wishes and concerns of patients who often feel insufficiently cared for by conventional medical practice. Against the background of her own personal history, her book attempts to bridge the gap between these two traditionally opposing camps.

    Contents:
    Preface to the English Edition
    How and on what basis does homeopathy treat?
    Homeopathy- What are we talking about?
    Is homeopathy part of today's medicine?
    Why do patients turn to homeopathy?
    What remains of homeopathy in the 21st century?
    Here and Now.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gaspar Banfalvi.
    Summary: Human homeostasis refers to complex interactions to regulate and maintain the internal conditions of the organism under stable condition. In spite of the progress made on cell growth and division, the circuits that coordinate these processes and maintain the homeostatic balance between cell growth and cell death have not been clarified. Deregulation of homeostatic processes results in different forms of imbalances that can turn to diseases including hepatitis, cyrrhosis and tumor formation. Abnormal growth of tissues can lead to a broad spectrum of neoplastic diseases from tissue swelling, primary tumor formation, cancer and ultimately to secondary tumors known as metastases. Tumor formation is a complex process, that develops through many steps. The discussion of balance and its loss in cell growth, primary and secondary tumor formation necessitate basic information in chemistry (carcinogenesis), biochemistry (metabolism), physics (instrumentation), cell biology (compartments), anatomy, physiology, clinical experience (screening, medical imaging, therapy). The focus of this book has been placed on: a) balance of cell growth, b) tumor formation, c) development of cancer and metastasis, e) diagnosis and treatment of cancer. The steps of the lymphatic type of metastatic tumor spread are described. Due to the interdisciplinary nature, the book gives information for a wide audience including biology, biotechnology, molecular, ecology, medical, pharmacist, chemist students. Additional information is provided for biomedical, pharma, medical and life scientists, physicians and health care professionals.

    Contents:
    Preface.- Homeostasis
    Cell cultures
    Loss of homeostasis
    Tumor development
    Metastasis
    References
    Abbreviations.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Detlev Boison and Susan Masino.
    Summary: 'Homeostatic Control of Brain Function' offers a broad view of brain health and diverse perspectives for potential treatments, targeting key areas such as mitochondria, the immune system, epigenetic changes, and regulatory molecules such as ions, neuropeptides, and neuromodulators. Loss of homeostasis becomes expressed as a diverse array of neurological disorders.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    edited by David R. Edgell.
    Contents:
    Homing endonucleases : from genetic anomalies to programmable genomic clippers / Marlene Belfort and Richard P. Bonocora
    Bioinformatic identification of homing endonucleases and their target sites / Eyal Privman
    PCR-based bioprospecting for homing endonucleases in fungal mitochondrial rRNA genes / Mohamed Hafez [and four others.]
    Mapping homing endonuclease cleavage sites using in vitro generated protein / Richard P. Bonocora and Marlene Belfort
    Mapping free-standing homing endonuclease promoters using 5'RLM-RACE / Ewan A. Gibb
    PCR analysis of chloroplast double-strand break (DSB) repair products induced by I-CreII in chlamydomonas and arabidopsis / Taegun Kwon [and three others ]
    A two-plasmid bacterial selection system for characterization and engineering of homing endonucleases / Ning Sun and Huimin Zhao
    Rapid screening of endonuclease target site preference using a modified bacterial two-plasmid selection / Jason M. Wolfs, Benjamin P. Kleinstiver, and David R. Edgell
    A yeast-based recombination assay for homing endonuclease activity / Jean-Charles Epinat
    Rapid determination of homing endonuclease DNA binding specificity profile / Lei Zhao and Barry L. Stoddard
    Quantifying the information content of homing endonuclease target sites by single base pair profiling / Joshua I. Friedman, Hui Li, and Raymond J. Monnat, Jr.
    Homing endonuclease target site specificity defined by sequential enrichment and next-generation sequencing of highly complex target site libraries/ Hui Li and Raymond J. Monnat Jr.
    Homing endonuclease target determination Using SELEX adapted for yeast surface display / Kyle Jacoby and Andrew M. Scharenberg
    Engineering and flow-cytometric analysis of chimeric LAGLIDADG homing endonucleases from homologous I-OnuI-family enzymes / Sarah K. Baxter, Andrew M. Scharenberg, and Abigail R. Lambert
    Bioinformatics identification of coevolving residues / Russell J. Dickson and Gregory B. Gloor
    Identification and analysis of genomic homing endonuclease target sites / Stefan Pellenz and Raymond J. Monnat Jr.
    Redesigning the specificity of protein-DNA interactions with Rosetta / Summer Thyme and David Baker.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Karolína Skorkovská, editor.
    Summary: This book provides a concise and up-to-date overview on homonymous visual field defects, with the focus especially on homonymous hemianopia. All aspects of the subject are covered, from anatomy and pathophysiology to diagnosis and management. Emphasis is placed on practical issues and major advances in ophthalmology, neurology, imaging techniques, and psychology. Rehabilitation strategies are described, and methods supporting compensation strategies are recommended. A separate chapter considers driving with homonymous hemianopia, which represents one of the critical issues in traffic ophthalmology. Homonymous Visual Field Defects will be of particular value to ophthalmologists, neurologists, neurosurgeons, and neuroscientists. It will be an invaluable asset in diagnostic and treatment decision making in patients with such defects, which occur primarily as a result of stroke, trauma, or tumor, cause reading and orientation disorders, and are the most frequent type of visual field deficit after acquired unilateral postchiasmal brain damage.--Page 4 cover.

    Contents:
    Anatomy of the human visual pathway
    Pathophysiology
    3. Perimetry and types of homonymous hemianopsia / topographic localization / clinical anatomical correlations
    Neuro-ophthalmological examination in homonymous hemianopsia / clinical symptoms and functional abilities
    Novel imaging techniques and neuroradiologic imaging
    Pupillary disorders
    Visual search disorders and ocular motility
    Driving with homonymous hemianopsia
    Neuropsychological / neurological testing in homonymous hemianopsia / central visual
    Rehabilitation strategies
    Compensational strategies of patients wth homonymous hemianopsia.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Print
    Mikki Kendall.
    Summary: "A collection of essays taking aim at the legitimacy of the modern feminist movement, arguing that it has chronically failed to address the needs of all but a few women"-- Provided by publisher. "Today's feminist movement has a glaring blind spot, and paradoxically, it is women. Mainstream feminists rarely talk about meeting basic needs as a feminist issue, argues Mikki Kendall, but food insecurity, access to quality education, safe neighborhoods, a living wage, and medical care are all feminist issues. All too often, however, the focus is not on basic survival for the many, but on increasing privilege for the few. That feminists refuse to prioritize these issues has only exacerbated the age-old problem of both internecine discord, and women who rebuff at carrying the title. Moreover, prominent white feminists broadly suffer from their own myopia with regard to how things like race, class, sexual orientation, and ability intersect with gender. How can we stand in solidarity as a movement, Kendall asks, when there is the distinct likelihood that some women are oppressing others? In her searing collection of essays, Mikki Kendall takes aim at the legitimacy of the modern feminist movement arguing that it has chronically failed to address the needs of all but a few women. Drawing on her own experiences with hunger, violence, and hypersexualization, along with incisive commentary on politics, pop culture, the stigma of mental health, and more, Hood Feminism delivers an irrefutable indictment of a movement in flux. An unforgettable debut, Kendall has written a ferocious clarion call to all would-be feminists to live out the true mandate of the movement in thought and in deed." -- Publisher's description

    Contents:
    Solidarity is still for white women
    Gun violence
    Hunger
    Of #FastTailedGirls and freedom
    It's raining patriarchy
    How to write about black women
    Pretty for a ...
    Black girls don't have eating disorders
    The fetishization of fierce
    The hood doesn't hate smart people
    Missing and murdered
    Fear and feminism
    Race, poverty, and politics
    Education
    Housing
    Reproductive justice, eugenics, and maternal mortality
    Parenting while marginalized
    Allies, anger, and accomplices.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E185.86 .K49 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Tomás G. Villa, Miguel Viñas, editors.
    Summary: The book focuses on the evolutionary impact of horizontal gene transfer processes on pathogenicity, environmental adaptation and biological speciation. Newly acquired genetic material has been considered as a driving force in evolution for prokaryotic genomes for many years, with recent technical developments advancing this field further. However, the extent and implications of gene transfer between prokaryotes and eukaryotes still raise controversies. This multi-authored volume introduces various means by which DNA can be exchanged, covers gene transfer between prokaryotes and their viruses as well as between bacteria and eukaryotes, such as fungi, plants and animals, and addresses the role of horizontal gene transfer in human diseases. Aspects discussed also include the relevance for virulence and drug resistance development on one hand, and for the occurrence of naturally derived antibiotics and other secondary metabolites on the other hand. This book offers new insights to anyone interested in genome evolution and the exchange of DNA between the different domains of life, the genetic toolkit for adaptation and the emergence of multidrug resistant bacteria.

    Contents:
    Intro; Contents; Part I: Horizontal Gene Transfer Among Bacteria and Bacteriophages; Horizontal Gene Transfer in Bacteria, an Overview of the Mechanisms Involved; 1 Introduction; 2 Transformation; 2.1 Transformation in Gram-Positive Bacteria; 2.1.1 Development of Competence; 2.1.2 DNA Fixation to the Recipient Cell Surface and DNA Uptake; 2.1.3 Eclipse; 2.1.4 ssDNA Integration into the Recipient dsDNA; 2.2 Transformation in Gram-Negative Bacteria; 2.2.1 Development of Competence; 2.2.2 DNA Fixation to the Recipient Cell Surface and DNA Uptake; 2.2.3 Eclipse 2 HGT in Free-Living, Antibiotic-Producing Streptomyces and Salinispora3 HGT in the Pathogens Mycobacterium, Rhodococcus, and Corynebacterium; 4 Actinobacteria as HGT Donors in Microbial Communities; 5 HGT and Genomic Heterogeneity Within Species; 6 Conclusions and Future Outlook; References; Photobacterium damselae: How Horizontal Gene Transfer Shaped Two Different Pathogenic Lifestyles in a Marine Bacterium; 1 Introduction; 2 P. damselae subsp. damselae: A Generalist Pathogen with High Genetic Diversity 2.2.4 ssDNA Integration into the Recipient dsDNA3 Transduction; 3.1 Specialized Transduction; 3.2 Generalized Transduction; 4 Conjugation; 4.1 F+ x F- Crosses in E. coli; 4.2 Genesis of Hfr Strains and Hfr (F+) x F- Crosses in E. coli; 5 Bacterial Vesicles as Possible Source of HGT; References; Alternative Ways to Exchange DNA: Unconventional Conjugation Among Bacteria; 1 Introduction; 2 Conjugation in Mycobacterium; 3 Conjugation in Streptomyces; 4 Conjugation in Mollicutes; 5 Conjugation in Thermus spp.; 6 Concluding Remarks; References 3.10 Listeria monocytogenes Toxins3.11 Helicobacter pylori Toxins; References; Genomic Islands and the Evolution of Multidrug-Resistant Bacteria; 1 Horizontal Gene Transfer of Resistance Genomic Islands; 2 GI3 in MDR Escherichia coli O104:H4; 3 SGI/PGI/AGI-Like GIs in MDR Salmonella enterica, Proteus mirabilis and Acinetobacter baumannii; 4 SCCmec in MDR Staphylococcus aureus; 5 GIs in MDR Pseudomonas aeruginosa; 6 Conclusions; References; Horizontal Gene Transfer and Genome Evolution in the Phylum Actinobacteria; 1 Introduction
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Liane Deligdisch-Schor, Angelica Mareş Miceli, editors.
    Summary: Hormonal influences, both natural and iatrogenic, are implicated in the most frequent health issues of women. Endometrial cancer is now the most common gynecologic cancer in the United States and the industrialized world. This cancer is strongly related to hormonal and metabolic factors. In addition, breast cancer treated with hormone therapy (Tamoxifen) may, in some cases, be associated with uterine pathology. Hormone therapy is used to improve the physiological effects and counteract abnormal and deleterious effects of "natural" hormonal activity. Millions of women receive hormone therapy at some point of their life: using oral contraceptives, reproductive technology, treatment for post-menopausal symptoms, among other uses. This book addresses a range of women's health issues, from fertility to neoplasms, and their relationship with natural and iatrogenic hormonal effects. Chapters include clinical and pathological descriptions, theoretical and practical medical issues, and original studies and cases. Controversial issues in certain hormone therapies are presented with updated concepts based on clinical studies and novel statistical methods. The book will be useful for specialized and general physicians, oncologists, endocrinologists, researchers, medical students, and others in the field of women's health.

    Contents:
    1. Biophysiology of the uterus: development, cyclic changes, menopause
    2. Hormonal effects in reproductive technology (ovulation stimulation, in vitro fertilization)
    3. Hormonal role and therapy in common benign uterine lesions: endometrial polyps, leiomyomas, adenomyosis
    4. Endometrial hyperplasia; precancerous lesions of the endometrium. Hormone therapy
    5. Endometrial Carcinoma. Endometriosis, Hormonal Role in Carcinogenesis. Hormonal Therapy
    6. Menopausal Hormone Therapy. Contraceptives
    7. Replacement hormone therapy for gender dysphoria and congenital sexual anomalies
    8. Hormone therapy for endometrial neoplasia related to breast cancer therapy (Tamoxifen)
    9. Endometrial histopatholigic changes in hormonal therapy (contraceptives, ovulation stimulation, hormone replacement therapy, hormonal antitumoral therapy).
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Mahfoozur Rahman, Waleed H. Almalki, Majed Alrobaian, Sarwar Beg, Khalid S. Alharbi, editors.
    Summary: The nanotheranostics sector provides a very promising strategy for monitoring drug biodistribution and pathology longitudinal processes by integrating the imaging and drug delivery functions in one single nanoformulation, providing vital insights into the identification of tumour and predicting the efficacy of nanomedicine. For its unique properties, which include their small size and biocompatibility and ability to permeate the cellular membrane with carrying drugs, nanomaterials have been used for various biomedical applications. This book covers the progress made in hormone-related cancer and their management by nonmedicinal therapy for targeting the hormone regulated cancer with their clinical progress and clinical hurdles.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Conventional Treatment Approaches in Hormonal Cancer Treatment and Challenges
    Chapter 2. Concept of Nanomedicine in Endocrine Hormone Cancer Treatment
    Chapter 3. Progress of Cancer Nanomedicine, Clinical Hurdles and Opportunities
    Chapter 4. Emergence of Nanohybrids in Hormonal Cancer Targeted Therapy
    Chapter 5. Conventional to Nanoscale-Based Carrier System in Management of Ovarian Cancer
    Chapter 6. Pancreatic Cancer Nanoparticles Targeted Therapy via Epidermal Growth Factor Receptor
    Chapter 7. Nanocarriers Based Targeted Therapies for Pancreatic Cancer and Challenges Ahead
    Chapter 8. Pancreatic Cancer Treatment by Using of Theranostics Nanoparticles
    Chapter 9. Nanomedicine Based Combinational Therapy for Breast Cancer
    Chapter 10. Nano-Liposomal System for Breast Cancer Therapy
    Chapter 11. Conventional to Nanotherapeutic Strategies against Triple-Negative Breast Cancer
    Chapter 12. Effect of Thymoquinone and Its Delivery Through Using of Nanomedicine in Benign Prostatic Hyperplasia
    Chapter 13. Concept of Nanotechnology in Management of Neuroendocrine Tumours
    Chapter 14. Neurocognitive Underpinning of Neurological Disorders: The Role of Default Mode Network
    Chapter 15. Neuroendocrine Carcinoma of The Endometrium: Conventional Treatment Approach to Nanomedicine
    Chapter 16. Effective Luteinizing Hormone Drug Delivery by Gold Nanoparticles in Hormonal Cancer Treatment
    Chapter 17. Regulatory Landscapes in Approval of Cancer Vaccines.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Yoichi Arai, Osamu Ogawa, editors.
    Summary: This comprehensive reference expounds the current state of hormone therapy and castration resistance of prostate cancer (PCa). Previously, the incidence of PCa in Asian countries was relatively low, but it has been increasing dramatically in recent years. Although most of the new cases are diagnosed in early stages, a significant proportion of patients receive hormone therapy for metastatic disease or for relapse after local treatment. Thus the situation has gradually changed toward earlier and longer use of hormone therapy. The malignancy finally forms castration-resistant prostate cancer (CRPC) despite the lack of testicular androgen. With advances in understanding of the molecular basis of hormone dependence and CRPC, many new androgen receptor-targeted agents have emerged. During the last decade, much evidence on hormone therapy has been accumulated in Japan. Interestingly, some of these findings are different from those reported from Western countries, suggesting ethnic variation in the outcome of hormone therapy. In the chapters of this book, expert authors provide exhaustive interpretations of the evidence recently reported from Japan and provide important Asian perspectives on hormone therapy for PCa. This work benefits not only Asian urologists but also their Western counterparts and all physicians and medical personnel who are involved in the treatment of PCa.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bernhard Kleine, Winfried G. Rossmanith.
    Contents:
    Introduction.-History of Hormones and Endocrinology
    I. Hormone biochemistry.-Hormones: Definitions.-Vertebrate Protein and Peptide Hormones.-Invertebrate protein and peptide hormones.-Hormones from Mevalonate: JH and Steroids.-Hormones Derived by Amino Acid Conversion.-Receptors.-II. Endocrine physiology.-Synthesis, Release, and Action.-Endocrine active organs.-Regulatory Patterns.-Endocrine Rock 'n Roll: Rhythms and Secretion
    Evolution of the Endocrine System.-III. Hormones and medicine.-Diseases of the Endocrine System.-Boosting Performance-Legally or Not.-IV. Appendix.-A. Appendix.-B. References.-C. Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Tina M. Marrelli.
    Contents:
    Hospice Care: An Overview of Quality and Compassionate Care
    Documentation: An Important Driver for Care and Coverage
    Planning, Managing, and Coordinating Care
    Hospice Diagnoses and Guidelines for Care
    Hospice Conditions of Participation: Subpart B-Eligibility, Election, and Duration of Benefits
    Hospice Conditions of Participation: Subpart F-Covered Services
    State Hospice and Palliative Care Organizations.
    Digital Access AccessAPN 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Amir Shanan, Jessica Pierce, Tamara Shearer.
    Summary: "Hospice and Palliative Care for Companion Animals: Principles and Practice offers the first comprehensive reference to veterinary hospice and palliative care, with practical guidance and best practices for caring for sick and dying animals. Presents the first thorough resource to providing veterinary hospice and palliative care Offers practical guidance and best practices for caring for sick and dying animals Provides an interdisciplinary team approach, from a variety of different perspectives. Gives concrete advice for easing pets more gently through their final stage of life Includes access to a companion website with client education handouts to use in practice"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    What is animal hospice and palliative care? / Amir Shanan and Tamara Shearer
    The interdisciplinary team / Tammy Wynn and Amir Shanan
    Quality of life in the animal hospice and palliative care patient / Jessica Pierce and Amir Shanan
    Bond -centered animal hospice and palliative care / Laurel Lagoni and Amir Shanan
    Ethical decision making in animal hospice and palliative care / Jessica Pierce and Amir Shanan
    Animal hospice models of care / Kathleen Cooney
    Prevalence of diseases, causes of death, and common disease trajectories in hospice and palliative care patients / Tamara Sheare
    Cancers in dogs and cats / Alice Villalobos
    Chronic kidney disease / Shea Cox
    Congestive heart failure / Shea Cox
    Respiratory distress / Cheryl Braswel
    Gastrointestinal conditions / Shea Cox
    Musculoskeletal disorders / Tamara Shearer
    Nervous system disease / Tamara Shearer
    Cognitive dysfunction / Tamara Shearer
    Recognizing distress / Suzanne Hetts and Kristina August
    Pharmacology interventions for symptom management / Shea Cox
    Physical medicine, rehabilitation, and complementary and integrative medicine treatment modalities / Tamara Shearer and Kristina August
    Balancing efficacy of treatments against burdens of care / Kristina August
    Nursing care for seriously ill animals: art and techniques / Shea Cox and Mary Ellen Goldberg
    Comfort care during active dying / Gail Pope and Amir Shanan
    Euthanasia in animal hospice / Kathleen Cooney
    Mental health considerations in caring for animal hospice and palliative caregivers and providers / Amir Shanan
    Addressing spiritual needs of caregivers / Carol Rowehl
    Supporting other needs / Shea Cox and Mary Ellen Goldberg
    Aftercare / Coleen Ellis.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Perry G. Fine.
    Summary: The Hospice Companion is an easy-to-navigate clinical decision support tool for caregivers of those with life-limiting illnesses. It features a thoroughly current guide to clinical processes and symptom management, providing hospice professionals with a concise summary of changes that have influenced clinical practice.

    Contents:
    General processes
    Personal, social, and environmental processes
    Clinical processes and symptom management.
    Digital Access Oxford 2016
  • Digital
    [edited by] Perry G. Fine.
    Summary: "The overarching purpose of this manual, reflecting the essential goals of hospice, is to help maximize the quality of living and dying of patients during the last phase of life. It will be through disciplined clinical uniformity and standardized practices that personalized, tailored care can then be aptly applied. And with that, hopes for individual epiphany may have the chance to be realized as those who entrust their care to us meet their earthly ends. With due regard for the complexities of peoples' lives, especially during severe illness, it is premised that identification and understanding of discrete situations (intertwined and enmeshed as they may be) will promote the elaboration of a care plan that will have the greatest likelihood of meeting these worthy ends"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Oxford 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Lorraine Holtslander, Shelley Peacock and Jill Bally.
    Summary: This book provides an unique resource for registered nurses working in hospice palliative care at home and for the community, outside of acute care settings and also incorporates literature related to palliative care in acute health care settings, as part of the overall services and supports required. Very few resources exist which specifically address hospice palliative care in the home setting, despite the fact that most palliative care occurs outside acute care settings and is primarily supported by unpaid family caregivers. An overview of the concerns for individuals and families, as well as specific nursing interventions, from all ages would be an excellent support for nursing students and practicing registered nurses alike. The book structure begins with a description of the goals and objectives of hospice palliative care and the nursing role in providing excellent supportive care. Chapters include research findings and specifically research completed by the authors in the areas of pediatric palliative care, palliative care for those with dementia, and the needs of family caregivers in bereavement. Interventions developed by the editors are provided in this book, such as the “Finding Balance Intervention” for bereaved caregivers; the “Reclaiming Yourself” tool for bereaved spouses of partners with dementia; and The Keeping Hope Possible Toolkit for families of children with life threatening and life limiting illnesses. The development and application of these theory-based interventions are also highlighted. Videos and vignettes written by family caregivers about what was helpful for them, provide a patient-and family-centered approach. The book will benefit nursing students, educators and practicing registered nurses by providing information, theory, and evidence from research. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Overview of Hospice Palliative Care in a Community and Home Setting (theoretical and conceptual models, populations, ages, diseases, transitions, bereavement support)
    Chapter 2. The Formal Caregiver Perspective
    Chapter 2. Global Perspectives from the UK
    Chapter 3. The Family Caregiver Perspective
    Chapter 3. Global Perspectives from Europe
    Chapter 4. Global Perspectives: Nigerian Context
    Chapter 5. Palliare (UK/Europe)
    Chapter 6. Global Perspectives from Canada
    Chapter 7. Global Perspectives: New Zealand
    Chapter 8. Global Perspectives: US
    Chapter 9. Global Perspectives: Conclusions
    Chapters 10. Finding Balance
    Chapter 11. Keeping hope possible
    Chapter 12. Reclaiming Yourself
    Chapter 13. Living with Hope
    Chapter 14.COPE intervention for caregiver
    Chapter 15. Dementia
    Chapter 16. Heart Failure
    Chapter 17. Older Adults with Cancer
    Chapter 18. Long Term Care
    Chapter 19. Prisons
    Chapter 20. Pediatric Home Care
    Chapter 23. Looking ahead.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Chaim J. Wender, Patricia E. Morrison.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Christy Adams, Glen Tinkoff, editors.
    Summary: This book offers the first comprehensive insight into hospital-based injury and violence prevention programs and describes a public health approach for the integration of population-based injury prevention into trauma centers. This book meets the need for a public health informed approach, as a majority of hospital-based injury and violence prevention programs are positioned within hospital systems driven by patient-centered, acute care models. Significant variability in administration, staffing and reimbursement structures across trauma centers has historically hindered standardization of injury prevention program structure and the role of the injury prevention professional. Topics in the book include the history and development of hospital-based programs, the need and process for developing data-driven and evidence-based injury prevention interventions, building trauma center capacity for outreach through partnerships, developing prevention efforts using trauma-informed care approach, community based research and program evaluation, and the role of advocacy in injury and violence prevention. The multidisciplinary team of authors offers a collaborative approach to the implementation and development of Hospital-based Injury and Violence Prevention Programs which will serve acute care nurses, trauma program managers, hospital administrators, trauma surgeons, hospital-based injury prevention professionals, and local public health professionals.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Introduction. The Role of Prevention in Comprehensive Trauma Care Systems
    Chapter 2. History and Development of Hospital-based Injury Prevention
    Chapter 3. Public Health Fundamentals for Hospital-based Programs
    Chapter 4. Developing Data-Driven Programs: The value of data
    Chapter 5. Ensuring an Evidence Based Approach to Injury Prevention Interventions
    Chapter 6. Building Prevention Capacity through Community Partnership
    Chapter 7. Addressing Cultural Competence in Hospital Based Programs
    Chapter 8. Conducting Research in Community Injury Prevention
    Chapter 9. Understanding the Role of Advocacy
    Chapter 10. Making the Business Case for Hospital-based Injury and Violence Prevention Programs
    Chapter 11. Resources for Hospital-based Injury and Violence Prevention Professionals.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    editors, Thomas P. Sculco [and others].
    Summary: "This book has nine chapters of accurate, relevant, and, most important, high-yield orthopaedic facts, organized by the subspecialties"--Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Arthroplasty
    Sports
    Pediatrics
    Trauma
    General/basic science
    Tumors
    Hand
    Foot and ankle
    Spine.
    Digital Access LWW Health Library 2014
  • Digital
    editors, Andrew J. Rosenbaum, David Levine.
    Contents:
    I: Conditions of the hallux
    II: Metatarsalgia and lesser toe deformity
    III: Adult acquired flatfoot deformity
    IV: Cavovarus foot deformity
    V: Ankle arthritis
    VI: Tendon disorders
    VII: Stress fractures of the foot and ankle
    VIII: Ankle trauma
    IX: Foot trauma.
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Chand Wattal, Nancy Khardori.
    Summary: The art of medicine becomes science when supported by evidence. The recommended practices of infection prevention are based on scientific and epidemiologic evidence. However,most health care professionals see them as mandates and fail to incorporate them into their routine patient care activities. Thecore goal of this publication is to link the practices to theprinciples they are based on. The expectation is that understanding ofthe principles willchange thepractices from mandates to "should do" in the minds of health care professionals. This will lead to improvement inhealth care by preventing unintended harm to patients, co-workers and the communities at large. At the same time, the text provides a comprehensive, thorough and up to date information on all aspects of infection prevention in a reader-friendly manner and therefore, will serve as a valuable reference.

    Contents:
    The Mighty World of Microbes - An Overview
    Vaccinations and infection prevention
    Hospital Infection Prevention Program
    Current practices for infection prevention in the hospital settings
    Hospital Infection Prevention Program
    The Role of Microbiology Laboratory in Infection Prevention
    Role of Antimicrobial Stewardship in Infection Prevention
    A Four step approach to Antibiotic stewardship in India: Formulation of antibiotic policy
    Role of Hospital Housekeeping and Materials Management Including Disinfection and Waste Management
    Hand Hygiene and Personal Protective Equipment
    Decontamination and Sterilization Procedures
    Monitoring of High Risk Areas - Intensive care units
    Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Operating Suite
    Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Maternity wards
    Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Cancer wards
    Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Dialysis Units
    Monitoring of High Risk Areas: Burn units
    Infection Prevention for Procedures in wards.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Robert J. Habicht, Mangla S. Gulati, editors.
    Summary: This practical resource provides hospitalists of all levels a comprehensive foundation for understanding the critical elements of hospital medicine. Beginning with an overview of the healthcare system, chapters provide relevant insights on management, regulations, evidence-based approaches, an awareness of safety and economic concerns and professional development skills. Perspectives on how hospitalist and hospital medicine teams can effectively engage this system to provide cost-effective, high-quality care are offered throughout this volume. With real-world guidance on the major tenets of hospital medicine, Hospital Medicine will serve as the definitive guide to a successful career in this rapidly evolving specialty.

    Contents:
    Primer on the healthcare system / Norman F. Retener and Andrew Delapenha
    Knowing yourself and your style / Neda Frayha and Robert J. Habicht
    Planning for a career in hospital medicine / Kathryn Novello Silva and Abel Joy
    Common career pitfalls : real-world guidance of common mistakes to avoid that may impact a hospitalist's ability to be successful / Christopher Jason and Himati P. Patel
    Goal setting : effective strategies to plan for a successful career / Christopher Jason and Lana R. Elpert
    Work-life balance and preventing burnout / Lana R. Elpert and Lee-Ann Wagner
    Women in medicine / Ada Ibe Offurum, Kathrun Novello Silva and Mangla S. Gulati
    Basics of billing and coding : a primer for the new hospitalist attending / Himati P. Patel and Negin J. Ahadi
    Incorporating evidence-based medicine into your daily life / Negin J. Ahadi and Robert J. Habicht
    Interprofessional collaboration / Abel Joy and Philip C. Dittmar
    Transitions of care / Danielle Y. Baek and Nidhi Goel
    Patient experience / Brian E. Edwards and Christopher Jason
    Consultative medicine and co-management / Lee-Ann Wagner and Saverio Mirarchi
    Introduction to patient safety and quality / Mangla S. Gulati and Kathryn Novello Silva
    Financial and regulatory drivers in health care / Mangla S. Gulati and Shiva K. Ganji
    Demonstrating value and gaining visibility : 13 key questions to success / Ada Ibe Offurum
    Cost-conscious care / Philip C. Dittmar and Brian E. Edwards
    Managing from the middle / Ada Ibe Offurum
    Teaching and feedback / Darlene Tad-y and Ethan Cumbler
    Engaging others in patient safety and quality improvement / Darlene Tad-y and Patrick Kneeland
    Introduction to research as an early career hospitalist / Nidhi Goel and Robert J. Habicht.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    [edited by] Arash Salardini, José Biller.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction to Hospital Neurology
    Chapter 2: Potential Harms to Physician and Patient
    Chapter 3: General Care of the Hospitalized Patient
    Chapter 4: Womenʹs Issues in Hospital Neurology
    Chapter 5: Principles of Care for the Hospitalized Geriatric Patient
    Chapter 6: Chronic Pain in Neurological Patients
    Chapter 7: Infections of the Central Nervous System
    Chapter 8: The Neurological Examination
    Chapter 9: Neurophysiology
    Chapter 10: Imaging
    Chapter 11: Interpretation of Common Laboratory Tests
    Chapter 12: Common Laboratory Diagnosed Conditions
    Chapter 13: Stroke Neurology
    Chapter 14: First-Time Seizure Episode and Status Epilepticus in Adults
    Chapter 15: Neurotrauma and Myelopathies
    Chapter 16: Neuromuscular Emergencies
    Chapter 17: Movement Disorders Emergencies
    Chapter 18: Some Common Neurological Emergencies
    Chapter 19: Cardiovascular Emergencies on the Neurology Wards
    Chapter 20: Airway and Respiratory Emergencies on the Neurology Ward
    Chapter 21: Principles of Neurocritical Care
    Chapter 22: Altered Mental Status
    Chapter 23: Aphasia
    Chapter 24: Spells, Not Epileptic or Vascular
    Chapter 25: Approach to Acute Visual Changes, Abnormal Eye Movements, and Double Vision
    Chapter 26: Dizziness and Vertigo
    Chapter 27: Headache and Facial Pain
    Chapter 28: Neurologic Patterns of Weakness
    Chapter 29: Gait Disorders
    Chapter 30: The Ataxias
    Chapter 31: Epilepsy
    Chapter 32: Rapidly Progressing Dementias
    Chapter 33: Chronically Progressing Dementias
    Chapter 34: Movement Disorders
    Chapter 35: Perioperative Management
    Chapter 36: Coma and Other States of Altered Consciousness
    Chapter 37: Genetic Neurological Diseases in the Adult
    Chapter 38: Spinal Cord Neurology
    Chapter 39: Back, Neck, and Limb Pain
    Chapter 40: Approach to Sensory Changes
    Chapter 41: Neuropathies and Motor Neuron Disease
    Chapter 42: Myopathies and Neuromuscular Junction Disease
    Chapter 43: Demyelinating Diseases
    Chapter 44: Common Tumors of the Nervous System
    Chapter 45: Common Gastrointestinal and Hepatic Disorders
    Chapter 46: Common Metabolic Problems on the Neurology Wards
    Chapter 47: Common Cardiorespiratory Problems on the Neurology Ward
    Chapter 48: Fever, Hypotension, and Reduced Urine Output
    Chapter 49: Common Psychiatric Conditions
    Chapter 50: Adverse Neurologic Effects of Commonly Used Medications
    Chapter 51: Internal Medicine and Neurology
    Chapter 52: Medication and Dosing.
    Digital Access AccessNeurology 2016
  • Print
    Contents:
    sect. 1. The development of sound personnel practices in hospitals
    sect. 2. Conference techniques.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I971 .A58
    2
  • Digital
    Derek Burke, Prasad Godbole, Andrew Cash, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses the factors that contribute to the success of hospitals from a theoretical, practical and operational perspective to allow hospital managers both clinical and non-clinical at all levels to achieve success via a turnaround process where necessary. A robust performance management framework is detailed to make this success sustainable. Case studies where appropriate support the relevant chapters. Chapters can be read sequentially or as a stand-alone chapter. Hospital Transformation: From Failure to Success and Beyond enables readers to develop their hospital management skills. Issues of patient care, resource allocation, staff management, leadership, risk management, infection control, and financial sustainability are all covered. This book is relevant to hospital administrators, clinicians involved in hospital management, independent consultants, and healthcare providers responsible for day to day operations of healthcare facilities.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Preface; Contents; Contributors; Part I: Requirements of Basic Healthcare Globally;
    1: Regulatory Requirements for Healthcare Globally; Introduction; Is Regulation of Healthcare Services Truly Global?; Structural Regulations; Licensing and Accreditation; Medical Regulatory Authorities; Evidence Based Medicine and Regulation; Quality Assurance and Regulation; Conclusion; References;
    2: Opportunities and Challenges in Global Healthcare; Introduction; Global Healthcare Challenges; Population Demographics and Disease Pattern; Cost Control; Human Resources and the Workforce Medical EducationAccessibility and Rationalisation of Healthcare Services; Quality and Outcome Measures; Patient Centric Healthcare; Global Healthcare Opportunities; Investment; Teaching and Training; Research; Careers; Conclusion; References; Part II: Models of Healthcare Provision;
    3: Models of Healthcare in Developed and Developing Countries; Introduction; The Beveridge Model; The Bismarck Model; The National Health Insurance Model; Private Insurance and Out of Pocket Model; What about the U.S.A.?; How Can Governments Choose the Best Model of Healthcare?; Conclusion; References Part III: Provision of Effective, Safe and Good Quality Car
    e4: How Do Hospitals Deliver Safe, Effective and High Quality Care?; Leadership; Responsiveness; Culture; Sheffield Teaching Hospitals; Tees Esk and Wear Valley; Ashford and St Peter's Hospitals NHS Foundation Trust; Monitor; Sharing and Learning; Conclusions; References; Part IV: Identifying Failure;
    5: Transforming Hospital Accreditation: From Assurance to Improvement; Data Driven Improvement; Types of Regulation; Problems with Current Hospital Accreditation Systems; A New Model for Accreditation; A New Approach to Safety Assurance The Implications of the New ModelConclusion; References;
    6: Key Features in Identifying Failing Hospitals; Introduction; Leadership; Culture; Vision; Information Gathering and Management Systems; Planning Processes; Conclusion; References;
    7: The Illness of the Health Care Systems; Introduction; Epistemological Issues; Science and Knowledge; Power Relations and the Political Economy; Alternatives, Approaches and Practical Implications; Conclusion; References;
    8: The Political Economy of Health Reforms in Chile: A Case Study of the Privatization Process; Introduction; Theoretical Concerns Chilean Health Reforms and Negotiation Through HistoryThe Development of the Welfare State; The End of the Welfare State and a New Market Model; Conclusion; References; Part V: The Turnaround Process;
    9: The Role of Medical Leadership in the Hospital Turnaround Process; Introduction; Who Are Medical Leaders?; Wider Context; How Can Medical Leaders Assist in the Turnaround Process?; Background; Strategic Objectives of Hospitals; The Medical Director in a Failing Hospital Undergoing Transformation; References;
    10: Public Health Service Governance: Principles and Framework; About This Chapter
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    David A. Edwards, Padma Gulur, Christopher M. Sobey, editors.
    Summary: This practical guide provides the perspectives needed to treat acute and chronic pain in the hospital. Authored by experts of diverse specialty backgrounds, chapters bring the available evidence together with modern strategies for caring for patients with complex pain. Basic considerations and multimodal and multidisciplinary approaches with the greatest impact on minimizing suffering and burden of care are covered in detail. The material in this text will assist the learner, the teacher, and the life-long learning practitioner by providing basic considerations for treating acute and chronic pain in the hospital. This book may also serve as a quick reference, review manual or teaching tool by teachers on rounds.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Introduction to the Chronic Pain Patient
    Definitions
    Acute Pain
    Chronic Pain
    Opioid-induced Hyperalgesia
    History
    Physical Examination
    The SCRIPT History Template
    Patient Reported Outcomes
    Clinical and Experimental Tools for Measuring Pain
    Case 1: High Dose Opioids & Multiple Pain Medications
    Case 2: Buprenorphine
    Case 3: Methadone
    Case 4: Abdominal Pain
    Case 5: Unknown Pain Source
    Case 6: Sickle Cell Disease
    Case 7: A Cancer Pain Crisis
    Case 8: Spasticity & Pain
    Case 9: Renal & Hepatic Disease
    Case 11: Angry Patient
    Case 12: Intrathecal Pain Pump
    Case 13: Spinal Cord Stimulation
    Case 14: Opioid Use Disorder
    Case 15: Comorbid Psychological Condition
    Case 16: Poor Prognosis in a Palliative Care Patient
    Case 17: Management of a Pain/Dyspnea in an Actively Dying Patient
    Opioids
    Nonsteroidal Anti-Inflammatory Drugs (NSAIDs)
    Acetaminophen
    Local Anesthetics
    NMDA Antagonists
    Alpha-2 Agonists
    Gabapentin & Pregabalin
    Tricyclic Antidepressants & Serotonin-Norepinephrine Reuptake Inhibitors
    Steroids
    Cannabinoids
    Peripheral Regional Anesthesia Blocks
    Neuraxial Blocks
    Vertebroplasty & Kyphoplasty
    Surgical Interventions for Pain
    Opioid and Non-Opioid Therapies in Palliative Care
    Crisis Management and Refractory Pain
    Transition to Outpatient Care & Readmissions
    Opioid Tapering for Acute on Chronic Non-Cancer Pain. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Gottfried Unden, Eckhard Thines, and Anja Schüffler.
    Contents:
    Adaptation of Microbial Metabolism in Host/Pathogen Interaction. Metabolic Adaptation of Human Pathogenic / Ann Kathrin Heroven, Petra Dersch
    Crosstalk between Metabolism and Virulence of / Klaus Heuner, Wolfgang Eisenreich
    Metabolism of Intracellular / Peter Holtkötter, Michael Hensel
    The Human Microbiome in Health and Disease / Cian Hill, R Paul Ross, Catherine Stanton, Paul W O'Toole
    Mechanisms of Dysbiosis in the Inflamed Gut / Sebastian E Winter
    Strategies for Nutrient Acquisition by during the Infection of Rice / Andrew J Foster, George R Littlejohn, Darren M Soanes, Nicholas J Talbot
    New Inhibitors and Targets of Infectious Diseases. Outer Membrane Proteins as Potential Anti-infective Drug Targets in / Robert L Davies
    Identification of Anti-infective Compounds Using Amoebae / Christopher F Harrison, Hubert Hilbi
    Stress Biology in Fungi and "Omic" Approaches as Suitable Tools for Analyzing Plant-Microbe Interactions / Stefan Jacob, Alexander Yemelin
    Targeting Plasmids: New Ways to Plasmid Curing / Anja Schüffler, Corinna Kübler
    Regulation of Secondary Metabolism in the Gray Mold Fungus / Muriel Viaud, Julia Schumacher, Antoine Porquier, Adeline Simon.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    edited by Annette C. Vergunst and David O'Callaghan.
    Contents:
    Galleria mellonella as an infection model for select agents / Nicolas Sprynski, Eric Valade, and Fabienne Neulat-Ripoll
    Drosophila as a model for intestinal infections / Matthieu Lestradet, Kwang-Zin Lee, and Dominique Ferrandon
    Zebrafish embryos as a model to study bacterial virulence / Jennifer Mesureur and Annette C. Vergunst
    Studying host-pathogen interaction events in living mice visualized in real time using biophotonic imaging / Gary Splitter ... [et al.]
    Intravital two-photon imaging to understand bacterial infections of the mammalian host / Ferdinand X. Choong and Agneta Richter-Dahlfors
    Cre reporter assay for translocation (CRAfT) : a tool for the study of protein translocation into host cells / Amke den Dulk-Ras, Annette C. Vergunst, and Paul J.J. Hooykaas
    Detection of the interaction between host and bacterial proteins : eukaryotic nucleolin interacts with Francisella elongation factor Tu / Monique Barel and Alain Charbit
    Hijacking the host proteasome for the temporal degradation of bacterial effectors / Tomoko Kubori, Andree M. Hubber, and Hiroki Nagai
    Live cell imaging of phosphoinositide dynamics during Legionella infection / Stephen Weber and Hubert Hilbi
    Investigating interference with apoptosis induction by bacterial proteins / Hua Niu and Yasuko Rikihisa
    Bimolecular fluorescence complementation for imaging protein interactions in plant hosts of microbial pathogens / Lan-Ying Lee and Stanton B. Gelvin
    Investigating TLR signaling responses in murine dendritic cells upon bacterial infection / Suzana Pinto Salcedo and Lena Alexopoulou
    siRNA screens using Drosophila cells to identify host factors required for infection / Aseem Pandey ... [et al.]
    Purification of intracellular bacteria : isolation of viable Brucella abortus from host cells / Esteban Chaves-Olarte ... [et al.]
    RNA sequencing of FACS-sorted immune cell populations from zebrafish infection models to identify cell specific responses to intracellular pathogens / Julien Rougeot ... [et al.]
    Taking the shortcut for high-throughput shotgun proteomic analysis of bacteria / Erica Marie Hartmann ... [et al.]
    Comparative genomic analysis at the PATRIC, a bioinformatic resource center / Alice R. Wattam ... [et al.]
    Markerless deletion method for genetic manipulation of Burkholderia cenocepacia and other multidrug-resistant gram-negative bacteria / Daniel F. Aubert, Mohamad A. Hamad, and Miguel A. Valvano
    Gene inactivation in Coxiella burnetii / Paul A. Beare and Robert A. Heinzen
    Chemical mutagenesis approach to identify virulence determinants in the obligate intracellular pathogen Chlamydia trachomatis / Bidong Nguyen and Raphael Valdivia.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Maryam Yavari, editor.
    Summary: This book is about the theory of Hot and Cold, a mutual fundamental base of traditional medicines all around the world. The theory describes the dynamic balance state of the body on the axis of hot and cold for each individual and proposes the fact that deviation from this equilibrium is a predisposing factor for diseases. Such an approach helps practitioners to provide treatments tailored to the patients condition, not the disease. This book, for the first time, has gathered native descriptions of Hot and Cold theory in different traditional medicines, including traditional Chinese medicine, Persian (Humoral, Unani) medicine, Ayurvedic medicine and Latin American and Caribbean medicines. After defining the common ground, contemporary research - in nutrition, pharmacology, physiology and systems biology - has been explored using scientific methodology. This work is the result of an international collaboration of more than 30 scientists and scholars with high reputations in their fields. Hot and Cold theory, as a holistic individualized approach in prevention, diagnosis and treatment, can be merged into the novel fast-paced concepts in systems biology and precision medicine. Through this bridge, the authors propose that the Hot and Cold theory should be revisited more deeply by medical scientists, who are the main audience of this book, to pave the way towards integrated holistic personalized medicine.

    Contents:
    1. Introduction
    PART I: DEFINITIONS AND BELIEFS
    2. Principle of Hot and Cold and its Clinical Application in Traditional Chinese Medicine
    3. Principle of Hot and Cold and its Clinical Application in Persian Medicine
    4. Principle of Hot (Ushna) and Cold (Sheeta) and its Clinical Application in Ayurvedic Medicine
    5. Principle of Hot and Cold and its Clinical Application in Latin American and Caribbean Medicines
    PART II: SCIENTIFIC EVIDENCE
    6. Hot and Cold Theory: Evidence in Nutrition
    7. Hot and Cold Theory: Evidence in Pharmacology
    8. Hot and Cold Theory: Evidence in Physiology
    9. Hot and Cold Theory: Evidence in Systems Biology
    PART III: PERSPECTIVE
    10. Hot and Cold Theory: A Personalized Medicine Approach
    11. Hot and Cold Theory: Future Perspective.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    [edited and] foreword written by Ifty Ahmed.
    Contents:
    Biomedical materials science / Ifty Ahmed
    Photopolymerizable hydrogels in regenerative medicine and drug delivery / Rúben F. Pereira & Paulo J. Bártolo
    Micro- and nano-modified surfaces for better polymeric implants / Vasif Hasirci
    Bionanomaterials : current developments to prevent biofilm formation by Candida species / Mayra Cuéllar-Cruz, Daniel Hernández-Cruz, Everardo López-Romero & Arturo Vega-González
    Bioactive glasses : traditional and prospective applications in healthcare / Wei Li & Aldo R. Boccaccini
    Biomaterials in spine surgery : the goal of enhancing spinal fusion / Sabrina A. Gonzalez-Blohm, James J. Doulgeris & Frank D. Vrionis
    Biomedical materials for cardiovascular stents / Kadem Al-Lamee & Rasha Al-Lamee
    PEGylated ceramic nanophosphors : latest developments and applications / Masao Kamimura & Yukio Nagasaki
    Development of phosphate-based glass fibers for biomedical applications / Kazi M. Zakir Hossain, Muhammad Sami Hasan, Reda Felfel & Ifty Ahmed
    Index.
    Digital Access TandFonline [2014]
  • Digital
    Alexandra Hough.
    Summary: The latest edition of this must-have text book promises an evidence-based and practical approach covering the very latest in cardiorespiratory care. The textbook covers a wide range of cardiorespiratory conditions and discusses treatment of patients in different clinical settings such as critical care, the ward area and out-patient departments. It begins with physiology and pathology and progresses into a detailed patient assessment section and a discussion of specific respiratory and cardiac conditions. The final section covers different groups of people who may require physiotherapy such as infants, children, and adults with specific conditions including a considered section on palliative care. Critical thinking is facilitated by clinical reasoning boxes in the text, and problem-solving is aided by case studies at the end of each chapter. There are also relevant practice tips to enable transfer of learning into the clinical environment. The text is supported by over 280 line drawings and diagrams along with over 70 x-rays and photographs to further illustrate the points under discussion. Authoritative and accessible, the new fifth edition of Hough's Cardiorespiratory Care continues to stimulate critical thought and ensure that practice is evidence based. The logical format and analytic style encourages clinical reasoning, and the problem-solving approach makes it suitable for readers from student to advanced practitioner level. Integration of theory and practice is aided by extensive referencing, and specialist contributors provide thought-provoking chapters on cardiovascular management, paediatric/neonatal physiotherapy, and critical care. New for the fifth edition: expanded cardiovascular section; updated practical details on physiotherapy techniques; extra chapters on surgical complications and interventions; comprehensive coverage of critical care procedures and rehabilitation; practicalities of the management of children and infants; update on the evaluation of outcomes. Key features: Q&A case studies, with scans and x-rays; outcome measures for problems and diseases; boxes with learning and practice tips to encourage reflection; tables with definitions, normal values and comparisons; practical techniques described with precision. Online resources: image bank; references; bibliography; appendices, including guidelines for health professionals, links for patients, and further case studies. -- From back cover.

    Contents:
    Part I Physiology and pathology. 1. Physiological basis of clinical practice ; 2. Assessment ; 3. Respiratory disorders ; 4. Cardiovascular disorders ; 5. General management
    Part II Physiotherapy techniques. 6. Physiotherapy to increase lung volume ; 7. Physiotherapy to clear secretions ; 8. Physiotherapy to decrease the work of breathing ; 9. Pulmonary rehabilitation ; 10. Physiotherapy for people with cardiovascular disorders ; 11. Cardiac rehabilitation
    Part III Surgery. 12. Complications ; 13. Physiotherapy for surgical patients ; 14. Modifications for different types of surgery
    Part IV Physiotherapy for specific groups of people. 15. Infants ; 16. Children ; 17. Hyperventilation syndrome ; 18. Elderly people with cardiorespiratory disease ; 19. Palliative respiratory physiotherapy
    Part V Critical care ; 20. Critical care, support and monitoring ; 21. Physiotherapy for critically ill patients ; 22. Modifications for different disorders
    Part VI Does it work?. 23. Evaluation of cardiorespiratory physiotherapy.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Contents: <br/
    >6. Dietary levels of households in the United States, Spring, 1965.
    Digital Access Google Books [1968-]
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    I784 .U58
    1
  • Digital
    Donald Pfaff.
    Summary: This concise, ground-breaking book expands past theories limited to the cerebral cortex and emphasizes the longitudinally-integrated brainstem systems that 'wake up the brain' from deep anesthesia, sleep and brain injury. For neurologists, neuroscientists, psychologists and psychiatrists, as well as readers interested in the workings of the brain.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Concept
    Giant cells in the medullary reticular formation
    Pons
    Midbrain
    Hypothalamus: low road
    Thalamus: high road
    High arousal
    Phase transitions from low GA states
    Roots of consciousness and its disorders
    A vertically integrated system.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Iben Akselbo, Ingvild Aune.
    Summary: This open access book offers an overview of theories related to simulation and describes different simulation areas within nursing. It illustrates how simulation may be used in different levels in professional education. The book deals with the role of the Simulation Facilitator, peer learning and the use of Virtual Reality in simulation. It provides new insights and paths to the development of the use of simulation within nursing and healthcare and contributes with new knowledge from research and experiences of implementation of different simulating scenarios within nursing and midwifery. It is intended to teachers in nursing and other healthcare professionals with an interest in the use of active learning methods. -- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Simulation: A historical and pedagogical perspective
    Chapter 2. How to use simulation as a learning method in bachelor and postgraduate/master education of nurses and teachers in healthcare
    Chapter 3.Facilitating learning activities in further education and master's program in oncology nursing
    Chapter 4. Simulating preoperative preparations with focus on non-technical skills in an OR nursing education program in Norway
    Chapter 5. Training Interprofessional Teamwork in Palliative Care: A Pilot study of Online Simulation Activity for Registered Nurses and Nursing Associates
    Chapter 6. The use of Critical Response Process as a debriefing structure in simulation activity in nursing education
    Chapter 7. Learning without a teacher: perceptions of peer-to-peer learning activities in simulation training
    Chapter 8. Train the trainer course
    How can the skills of a facilitator benefit academic staff in nursing and other health education programmes
    Chapter 9. Playful learning with VR- SIMI model- the use of 360-degree video as a learning tool for nursing students in a psychiatric simulation setting
    Chapter 10. Virtual Reality (VR) in anatomy teaching and learning in higher healthcare education.
    Digital Access Springer 2023
  • Digital
    M. Andrea Azcarate-Peril, Roland R. Arnold, José M. Bruno-Bárcena.
    Summary: This book examines the role of fermented foods on human gut health and offers a unique contribution to this rapidly growing area of study. Fermented foods have been consumed by humans for millennia. This method of food preservation provided early humans with beneficial bacteria that re-populated the gut microbiota upon consumption. However, novel methods of production and conservation of food have led to severed ties between the food that modern humans consume and the gut microbiota. As a consequence, there has been a documented increase in the prevalence of autoimmune diseases and obesity, which has been correlated to decreased diversity of gut microbes, while infectious disorders have decreased in the three past decades. With the intention of providing a thorough overview of the relationship between fermented foods, nutrition, and health, the editors have grouped the chapters into three thematic sections: food and their associated microbes, the oral microbiome, and the gut microbiome. After an introduction dedicated to the environmental microbiome, Part I provides an overview of what is currently known about the microbes associated with different foods, and compares traditional forms of food preparation with current industrial techniques in terms of the potential loss of microbial diversity. The chapters in Part 2 explore the oral microbiota as a microbial gatekeeper and main contributor to the gut microbiota. Part 3 introduces beneficial modulators of the gut microbiome starting with the establishment of a healthy gut microbiota during infancy, and continuing with the role of probiotics and prebiotics in health preservation and the imbalances of the gut microbiota. In the final section the editors offer concluding remarks and provide a view of the future brought by the microbiome research revolution. This study is unique in its emphasis on the convergence of two very relevant fields of research: the field of studies on Lactic Acid Bacteria (LAB) and fermented foods, and microbiome research. The relationship between these fields, as presented by the research in this volume, demonstrates the intimate connection between fermented foods, the oral and gut microbiota, and human health. Although research has been done on the impact of diet on the gut microbiome there are no publications addressing the restorative role of food as microbe provider to the gut microbiota. This novel approach makes the edited volume a key resource for scientific researchers working in this field.

    Contents:
    Introduction: The environmental microbiome and the interdependence of all life
    Rob Dunn Part 1
    Foods and their associated microbesChapter 1. Infant nutrition: The microbiome of breast milk
    Alison Stuebe Chapter 2. Dairy: Cheese and yogurt
    Jose M. Bruno-Barcena Chapter 3. Breads
    Maria De Angelis or Marco GobbettiChapter 4. Meats
    Silvina Fadda Chapter 5. Vegetables
    Ilenys DiazChapter 6. Current methods of production and conservation of food
    Jose M. Bruno-Barcena Part 2
    The oral microbiome as gatekeeperChapter 1. The healthy oral microbiota
    Roland Arnold Chapter 2. Dysbioses of the oral microbiota and disease
    Apoena RibeiroChapter 3. The role on uncultivable organisms in oral health
    Flavia TelesChapter 4. The oral microbiome and health implications
    Eva Helmerhorst Part 3
    Gut MicrobiomeChapter 1. Early gut microbiome, a good start in nutrition and growth may have lifelong lasting consequences
    Amanda ThompsonChapter 2. Probiotics
    Todd Klaenhammer Chapter 3. Prebiotics
    Jens Walter Chapter 4. The disappearing microbiota: Diseases of the Western civilization
    M. Andrea Azcarate-PerilChapter 5. Infectious diseases and Antibiotics
    Sophia KathariouChapter 6. The future: Personalized nutrition
    Lawrence David.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editors, Patric J.D. Delhanty, Aart J. van der Lely.
    Contents:
    Hormonal control of metabolism by the hypothalamus-autonomic nervous system-liver axis / Kalsbeek, A.; Bruinstroop, E.; Yi, C.-X.; Klieverik, L.; Liu, J.; Fliers, E.
    The blood-brain barrier as a regulator of the gut-brain axis / Schaeffer, M.; Hodson, D.J.; Mollard, P.
    The brain modulates insulin sensitivity in multiple tissues / Parlevliet, E.T.; Coomans, C.P.; Rensen, P.C.N.; Romijn, J.A.
    The important role of sleep in metabolism / Copinschi, G.; Leproult, R. ; Spiegel, K.
    Metabolic interplay between gut bacteria and their host / Duca, F.; Giard, P.; Covasa, M.; Lepage, P.
    The brain-stomach connection / Folgueira, C.; Seoane, L.M.; Casanueva, F.F.
    Prader-Willi syndrome as a model of human hyperphagia / Tauber, M.; Diene, G.; Mimoun, E.; Aabal-Berthoumieu, S.; Mantoulan, C.; Molinas, C.; Muscatelli, F.; Salles, J.P.
    Interactions between the gut, the brain and brown adipose tissue function / van den Beukel, J.C.; Grefhorst, A.
    Gut sweet taste receptors and their role in metabolism / Meyer-Gerspach, A.C.; Wilnerhanssen, B.; Beglinger, C.
    What is the role of metabolic hormones in taste buds of the tongue / Cai, H.; Maudsley, S.; Martin, B.
    Protein PYY and its role in metabolism / Price, S.L.; Bloom, S.R.
    Nutropioids regulate the gut-brain circuit controlling food intake / Mithieux, G.
    Should we consider des-acyl ghrelin as a separate hormone and if so, what does it do? / Delhanty, P.J.D.; Neggers, S.J.; van der Lely, A.J.
    Obestatin : is it really doing something? / Trovato, L.; Gallo, D.; Settanni, F.; Gesmundo, I.; Ghigo, E.; Granata, R.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital/Print
    William Horsnell, editor.
    Summary: "Helminth infections are common, cause considerable pathology, and alter a host's immune profile. This can have important consequences not only on the host's ability to control a helminth infection, but also on their ability to control unrelated infections. In endemic areas, understanding how helminth infection influences the outcome of common infectious diseases and changes the efficacy of childhood vaccination programs is an important public health question. This book reviews how host immunity to helminths alters our ability to respond to the major pathogens that exist in helminth endemic regions. Current understanding of how helminths alter important but relatively neglected contributors to the host's anti-helminth immune responses are addressed, namely host antibody responses and how maternal infection may alter a child's immune development. These are discussed in relation to the control of helminth infection and unrelated infections. Also covered are how helminth infections alter the host's ability to control TB, HIV and malarial infections along with neglected bacterial infections, such as cholera, and how endemic helminth infections are likely to alter our ability to respond to life-saving vaccination strategies"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    The role of antibody in parasitic helminth infections
    Maternal helminth infections
    Helminth-M. tb co-infection
    Bacterial infections and vaccines
    Helpful or a hindrance: co-infections of helminth during malaria
    Immune system modulation by helminth infections: potential impact on HIV transmission and disease progression.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Lisa Vozza (Italian Association for Cancer Research, Italy), Maurizio D'Incalci (Istituto di Ricerche Farmacologiche Mario Negri, Italy) ; translated by: Andreas Gescher.
    Summary: "This book is an excursion into the drug development process, from the initial conception in a chemical or molecular biology lab, via tests in isolated cells and animals, to the stage of clinical trials. The human body is a complex ecosystem where little is conclusively known in terms of its response to medication, for both sick and healthy individuals. The considerable degree of uncertainty inherent in health-related research can lead to approval of controversial medicines, particularly in high-stakes scenarios and medical crises. Real-life examples are drawn on here to explain the decision making processes behind the acceptance of new drugs, disproving misconceptions around medicines by delving into the history and current practice of the drug development process. Originally written in Italian, How Medicines are Born helps patients, students, public health officials physicians, healthcare practitioners and biomedical scientists make informed decisions on the benefits and disadvantages of select medicine based on an understanding of the history of drug development. Published in Italian (2014), M D'Incalci et L Vozza, Come Nascono le Medicine; La scienza imperfetta dei farmaci. Bologna: Zanichelli"--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    To cure, heal or repair
    Hunting for drugs
    Laboratory studies
    First time in humans
    Only probabilities, never certainties
    Approval or rejection
    Vigilance, revisions, new indications
    Predicting the drugs of the future
    Not every pill is a proper drug
    If you want to know more
    Myths to be dispelled
    Did you know that.
    Digital Access World Scientific 2017
  • Digital
    Markus K. Heinemann, MD, PhD, editor-in-chief.
    Summary: Writing a medical paper, or any other scientific text, is full of pitfalls which make it difficult to get it accepted for publication. This unique book gives practical advice on how one can circumvent these dangers. It is richly filled with examples, predominantly negative ones. which exhibit how one should not write a medical paper. This book highlights the fallibilities that manuscripts are often susceptible to, and hence will help writers avoid committing those mistakes. Special Features: Abundant information about a complex subject condensed in a small format Numerous examples from bad man.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Why editors accept/reject manuscripts
    Types of scientific articles
    Manuscript components: dos and don'ts
    Review process and corrections
    Publication ethics
    Good-to-know
    Final advance
    References.
  • Digital
    Markus K. Heinemann, MD, PhD, editor-in-chief.
    Summary: Writing a medical paper, or any other scientific text, is full of pitfalls which make it difficult to get it accepted for publication. This unique book gives practical advice on how one can circumvent these dangers. It is richly filled with examples, predominantly negative ones. which exhibit how one should not write a medical paper. This book highlights the fallibilities that manuscripts are often susceptible to, and hence will help writers avoid committing those mistakes. Special Features: Abundant information about a complex subject condensed in a small format Numerous examples from bad man.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    How to use this book
    Why editors accept/reject manuscripts
    Types of scientific articles
    Manuscript components: dos and don'ts
    Review process and corrections
    Publication ethics
    Good-to-know
    Glossary
    Final advice
    References.
  • Digital
    David E. Orlinsky.
    Summary: "How Psychotherapists Live is a landmark study of thousands of mental health practitioners worldwide. It significantly advances our understanding of psychotherapists and counselors by focusing on their individual qualities and lives, revealing the many ways they differ as persons and how those differences shape their experiences of therapeutic work. Topics include the therapist's personal self, private life, individual beliefs, quality of life, childhood family experiences, and personal psychotherapy. Based on thirty years of research, the book is written to interest clinical practitioners while also providing researchers with a rich array of data. Clinical psychologists, psychiatrists, clinical social workers, and counselors can easily compare their own experiences with the thousands of therapists in the study by reflecting on typologies constructed from research findings. The book will also be a valuable resource for researchers studying the sources of variation in therapists' effectiveness"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access TandFonline 2022
  • Digital/Print
    Lauren Sompayrac.
    Contents:
    1. An overview
    2. The innate immune system
    3. B cells and antibodies
    4. The magic of antigen presentation
    5. T cell activation
    6. T cells at work
    7. Secondary lymphoid organs and lymphocyte trafficking
    8. Restraining the immune system
    9. Self tolerance and MHC restriction
    10. Immunological memory
    11. The intestinal immune system
    12. Vaccines
    13. The immune system gone wrong
    14. Immunodeficiency
    15. Cancer and the immune system.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    QR181 .S697 2016
    1
  • Digital
    Lauren Sompayrac.
    Summary: How the Immune System Works is not a comprehensive textbook. It's the book thousands of students have used to help them understand what's in their big, thick, immunology texts. In this book, Dr. Sompayrac cuts through the jargon and details to reveal, in simple language, the essence of this complex subject. Fifteen easy to follow lectures, featuring the uniquely popular humorous style and engaging analogies developed by Dr Sompayrac, provide an introduction to the 'bigger picture', followed by practical discussion on how each of the components interacts with one another.

    Contents:
    The innate immune system
    B cells and antibodies
    The magic of antigen presentation
    T cell activation
    T cells at work
    Secondary lymphoid organs and lymphocyte trafficking
    Restraining the immune system
    Self tolerance and MHC restriction
    Immunological memory
    The intestinal immune system
    The immune system gone wrong
    Immunodeficiency
    Vaccines
    Cancer and the immune system
    Immunotherapy.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Print
    Lauren Sompayrac.
    Contents:
    The Innate Immune System
    B Cells and Antibodies
    The Magic of Antigen Presentation
    Activating T Cells
    T Cells at Work
    Secondary Lymphoid Organs and Lymphocyte Trafficking
    Restraining the Immune System
    Tolerance Induction and MHC Restriction
    Immunological Memory
    The Intestinal Immune System
    The Immune System Gone Wrong
    Immunodeficiency
    Vaccines
    Cancer and the Immune System
    Immunotherapy
    COVID-19 and the Immune System.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
  • Print
    Michelle L. Kienholz and Jeremy M. Berg.
    Summary: How the NIH Can Help You Get Funded takes a novel, non-formulaic approach in teaching readers how to "write a grant" -- and much more. The authors draw on their decades of experience working with both investigators and NIH personnel to anticipate their questions and concerns and help establish a comfortable, productive partnership between them. The authors advise readers on developing each component of the grant application in order of the components' influence on the final impact score. Individual funding mechanisms are reviewed along with grantsmanship tips specific to each. Readers learn the importance of reviewer-friendly formatting and organization of the text. The final chapters cover next steps after the application has been submitted-before, during, and after the review and funding decision. Strategies for resubmitting or repurposing applications are provided for those readers whose applications do not receive awards. The authors likewise anticipate the needs of readers who do receive funding but have questions on managing and maintaining their award. Amid ever-increasing competition for government research grants, How the NIH Can Help You Get Funded is an invaluable manual for how to pursue -- and sustain -- NIH funding.

    Contents:
    National Institutes of Health
    Institutes and centers
    Center for scientific review and the peer review process
    Office of Extramural Research
    Federal budget process
    NIH funding data and trends
    Getting at mechanism
    Telling your story well
    Presenting your message well
    Getting by with a little help from your friends
    Before and after your study section meets
    Is the check in the mail?
    The check is not in the mail
    The check is in the mail but.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    R853.R46 K54 2014
    1
  • Digital/Print
    Ibram X. Kendi
    Summary: "'The only way to undo racism is to consistently identify and describe it -- and then dismantle it.' Ibram X. Kendi's concept of antiracism reenergizes and reshapes the conversation about racial justice in America -- but even more fundamentally, points us toward liberating new ways of thinking about ourselves and each other. In How to Be an Antiracist, Kendi asks us to think about what an antiracist society might look like, and how we can play an active role in building it. In this book, Kendi weaves an electrifying combination of ethics, history, law, and science, bringing it all together with an engaging personal narrative of his own awakening to antiracism. How to Be an Antiracist is an essential work for anyone who wants to go beyond an awareness of racism to the next step: contributing to the formation of a truly just and equitable society."-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Definitions
    Dueling consciousness
    Power
    Biology
    Ethnicity
    Body
    Culture
    Behavior
    Color
    White
    Black
    Class
    Space
    Gender
    Sexuality
    Failure
    Success
    Survival.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2019
    Limited to 2 simultaneous users
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    E184.A1 K344 2019
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Lisa Taylor.
    Contents:
    What is employability and what does it mean for you? / Lisa Taylor
    Career planning and management / Adrienne Jolly
    Professionalism / Rosemarie Mason
    Continuing professional development (CPD) / James Gazzard
    Leadership / Neil Sellen
    Service improvement / Jon Larner
    Business skills / David Dowdeswell Allaway
    The job application process / Stephanie Allen
    Consolidation of learning chapter and moving forward.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    Michael J. Englesbe, Michael O. Meyers, editors.
    Summary: This book discusses personal traits and rationale for any student considering a career in surgery. The authors review accomplishments as a medical student that are key components of beginning a surgical career, and highlight what makes a student competitive for a surgical program. While much of the focus is on an academic career in surgery, sections are devoted to mentorship, research experience and personal experiences that lead to success and are relevant to anyone pursuing a surgery. The editors also focus on gender and work-life balance issues that are often perceived as barriers to a career in surgery. A How To Guide For Medical Students provides help to medical students interested in pursuing a career in surgery. The chapters also include key dates and sample application information for students to use as templates.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Clinical Training and Making Sure Surgery is Right for You
    Part 2. Building a Portfolio for Success
    Part 3. The Residency Search and Match
    Part 4. Appendices.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Gab Kovacs, Monash University, Robert Norman, University of Adelaide.
    Summary: "In order to maximize the chance of IVF success, couples need to ensure that their preconceptual health is optimal to increase the quality of gametes and reproductive fitness. This text reviews the medical and lifestyle factors that can affect the body at preconception stage, such as micronutrients, stress, hormonal and gynecologic assessment, as well as environmental factors such as optimal weight and age for childbirth. This book will enable all medical practitioners and healthcare professionals to give evidence-based advice to influence the success rate of subsequent IVF cycles, and ensure that every child is born in the best possible condition. Part of a four-book series on optimizing different aspects of the IVF cycle, this book focusses on preparing the body for assisted conception. Other books in the series focus on the egg and embryo, the endometrium, and the sperm"-- Provided by publisher. "Nutrition and lifestyle choices hold implications for general health, as well as real and potential effects on fertility and reproductive health. While the effects of diet on health and risk of chronic disease have been well described, there is relatively little research on fertility per se. It is likely that the majority of men and women with sub-fertility, regardless of weight, have a form of intrinsic insulin resistance that underlies the downstream effects on oocyte and sperm quality (Dunaif, et al., 1989). Insulin resistance results in compensatory hyperinsulinaemia, which plays an important role in all the manifestations of sub-fertility, including androgen excess, inflammation and anovulation in women with polycystic ovarian syndrome (PCOS)"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Machine generated contents note: 1. The effects of nutrition and micronutrients on reproductive success Mu Li, Kyra Sim, Adrienne Gordon and Jennie Brand-Miller; 2. The effects of stress on conception and pregnancy Jeremy J. Cottle, Jacky Boivin and Alice D. Domar; 3. Preparing for IVF: an endocrine perspective Clare Bothroyd; 4. Assessment of endometriosis before conception Endah Rahmawati, Chien-Wen Chen, Yu-Wen Chen, Chang-Chih Hsieh, Pei-Chun Ma, Shun-Jen Tan and Chii-Ruey Tzeng; 5. Assessment of pelvic abnormalities prior to assisted reproduction Anusch Yazdani; 6. Immunological preparation, including vaccinations and microbiome management, prior to ART Ashley Gilman and William Buckett; 7. Optimising body weight to improve reproductive success Kelton Tremellen; 8. Lifestyle modifications
    alcohol, caffeine, smoking, drugs before ART V. Nisenblat and M. Johnson; 9. Environmental factors to consider prior to conception Mark P. Green and Alexandra J. Harvey; 10. Pre-pregnancy genetic carrier screening Saioa Torrealday, Kyle J. Tobler and Pasquale Patrizio; 11. The optimal age for childbearing Rina Fyfe and Jon Hyett; 12. Alternative therapies to improve conception rates Caroline A. Smith and Mike Armour; 13. Preconception lifestyle modification of decidua to decrease early pregnancy loss: feeding the endometrium Alexandra Kermack, Ka Ying Bonnie Ng and Nick Macklon; 14. Antenatal factors that may contribute toward the development of polycystic ovary syndrome Roy Homburg and Panagiota Filippou.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Amin Al-Ahmad, Andrea Natale, Paul J. Wang, James P. Daubert, Luigi Padeletti.
    Contents:
    1. How to access the cephalic vein using a cut-down approach
    2. Extrathoracic subclavian vein access
    3. Subcutaneous implantable cardioverter-defibrillator
    4. Internal jugular venous access and lead implantation for cardiac implantable electronic devices
    5. Implantation of the left ventricular lead
    6. How to place a lead in the azygos vein
    7. Alternative site pacing: a guide to implantation techniques
    8. How to maximize CRT response at implant
    9. How to perform sub-pectoral device implants
    10. Device extractions
    11. How to extract pacemaker and defibrillator leads from the femoral approach
    12. How to extract leadds form the jugular approach
    13. How to perform venoplasty for access
    14. How to perform defibrillation threshold testing
    15. Use of chest X-ray, computed tomography and 3-D imaging to evaluate lead location
    16. How to evaluate postoperative device complications
    17. How to program pacemakers for patients with sinus node disease
    18. How to interpret pacemaker electrocardiograms
    19. How to perform pacemaker troubleshooting
    20. How to program an ICD to program ATP, and program for VT/VF storm
    21. How to troubleshoot an ICD
    22. Management of ICD device and lead failures and recalls
    23. How to program an ICD to minimize inappropriate shocks
    24. How to perform CRT optimization
    25. How to manage device infections and when to reimplant after device extraction
    26. How to implement a remote follow-up program for patients with cardiac implantable electronic devices
    27. How to set up an HF monitoring service
    28. How to deactivate cardiac implantable electric devices in patients nearing the end of life and/or requesting withdrawal of therapies.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital/Print
    Marc Stadler, Petra Dersch, editors.
    Contents:
    Tackling threats and future problems of multidrug-resistant bacteria.-Emergence and spread of antimicrobial resistance: recent insights from bacterial population genomics
    Epidemiology of Staphylococcus aureus nasal carriage patterns in the community
    Diagnostics and resistance profiling of bacterial pathogens
    Use of antibiotics and antimicrobial resistance in veterinary medicine as exemplified by the swine pathogen Streptococcus suis.-Antibiotics and the intestinal microbiome: individual responses, resilience of the ecosystem and the susceptibility to infections
    Anti-virulence strategies to target bacterial infections
    Strategies to block bacterial pathogenesis by interference with motility and chemotaxis
    New horizons in the development of novel needle-free immunization strategies to increase vaccination efficacy
    History of antibiotics research
    Actinobacteria and Myxobacteria
    Two of the most important bacterial resources for novel antibiotics
    Exploitation of fungal biodiversity for discovery of novel antibiotics
    Strategies for the discovery and development of new antibiotics from natural products: Three Case Studies
    New structural templates for clinically validated and novel targets in antimicrobial drug research and development
    Synthesis of antibiotics
    Antibiotics clinical development and pipeline
    Anti-infectives in drug delivery
    overcoming the Gram-negative bacterial cell envelope.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Edward Purssell, Niall McCrae.
    Summary: The systematic review is a rigorous method of collating and synthesizing evidence from multiple studies, producing a whole greater than the sum of parts. This textbook is an authoritative and accessible guide to an activity that is often found overwhelming. The authors steer readers on a logical, sequential path through the process, taking account of the different needs of researchers, students and practitioners. Practical guidance is provided on the fundamentals of systematic reviewing and also on advanced techniques such as meta-analysis. Examples are given in each chapter, with a succinct glossary to support the text. This up-to-date, accessible textbook will satisfy the needs of students, practitioners and educators in the sphere of healthcare, and contribute to improving the quality of evidence-based practice. The authors will advise some freely available or inexpensive open source/access resources (such as PubMed, R and Zotero) to help students how to perform a systemic review, in particular those with limited resources.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Contents
    1: Introduction
    1.1 How to Read This Book
    References
    2: A Brief History of the Systematic Review
    2.1 Literature Past and Present
    2.2 A Man with a Mission
    2.3 Hierarchy of Evidence
    2.4 The Rise of the Systematic Review
    2.5 Numbers Are Not Enough
    2.6 Conclusion
    References
    3: The Aim and Scope of a Systematic Review: A Logical Approach
    3.1 Aim of a Review
    3.2 PICO
    3.3 Types of Review Questions
    3.4 Eligibility Criteria
    3.5 Inclusion Versus Exclusion
    References
    4: Searching the Literature 4.1 An Initial Foray
    4.2 Facet Analysis
    4.3 Sources
    4.4 Using PubMed
    4.4.1 Index Terms
    4.4.2 Text Words
    4.4.3 Truncation and Wildcards
    4.4.4 Conditioning the Search
    4.4.5 Filtering
    4.4.6 Using PubMed
    4.5 Running and Recording Your Search
    4.6 Other Data Sources
    4.6.1 Google Scholar
    4.6.2 Grey Literature
    4.6.3 Reference Management
    4.7 Conclusion
    References
    5: Screening Search Results: A 1-2-3 Approach
    5.1 Reference Management Software
    5.2 Three Stages of Screening
    5.3 Screening Form
    5.4 Sharing the Load 5.5 Flowchart
    5.6 Reporting the Screening Outcome
    References
    6: Critical Appraisal: Assessing the Quality of Studies
    6.1 Assessing Quality
    6.2 Critical Appraisal
    6.3 Hierarchies of Evidence
    6.4 Quality of Reporting
    6.5 Methodological Quality of Studies
    6.6 Risk of Bias
    6.7 Choosing a Tool
    6.7.1 Study-Level Assessment
    6.7.2 Randomised Studies: Cochrane Risk of Bias Tool-2
    6.7.3 ROBINS-I
    6.8 Reliability and Validity
    6.8.1 Reliability
    6.8.2 Validity
    6.9 Qualitative Studies 6.9.1 Why Might Reliability and Validity Apply Differently in Qualitative Research?
    6.10 Risk of Bias in Qualitative Research: Dependability and Credibility
    6.11 How to Use Your Appraisal Results
    6.12 What's Next?
    6.12.1 Narrative Assessment
    6.12.2 Sensitivity Analysis
    6.12.3 Restriction to Higher-Quality Studies
    6.13 Conclusion
    References
    7: Reviewing Quantitative Studies: Meta-analysis and Narrative Approaches
    7.1 Types of Quantitative Research
    7.2 The Logic of Quantitative Research
    7.3 More About p-values 7.3.1 Why the p-value Is Not the Probability That the Result Is Due to Chance, and the Probability of Getting Your Result May Be Zero
    7.4 Statistical Errors
    7.5 Introducing Meta-analysis
    7.6 Extracting the Data
    7.7 Calculate a Pooled Estimate of the Effect
    7.7.1 Interpreting Standardised Effect Sizes
    7.8 Vote Counting
    7.9 Models of Meta-analysis
    7.10 Weighting
    7.11 Assess the Heterogeneity of the Results
    7.12 Investigating Heterogeneity: Subgroup Analysis and Meta-regression
    7.13 Forest Plots
    7.14 Publication Bias and Funnel Plots
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    editors, Stefano Guerriero, George Condous, Juan Luis Alcázar.
    Summary: This structured dynamic book outlines, step by step, an evidence-based systematic approach to the sonographic evaluation of the pelvis in women with suspected endometriosis. This “how to” guide is intended for those with basic ultrasonography skills who want to further develop their capabilities in performing the relevant sonographic techniques to identify endometriosis. Detailed schematics, and corresponding high-resolution ultrasound images and intuitive videos support readers in expanding their technical skills and bridging the gaps in their knowledge of endometriosis ultrasound. The International Deep Endometriosis Analysis (IDEA) group consensus statement was the culmination of the work of 29 authors from 5 continents. With the publication of How to Perform Ultrasonography in Endometriosis the authors intend to provide the basis for quality improvement and benchmarking of ultrasound in the world of endometriosis. This book not only offers sonologists, radiologists and sonographers valuable insights into the field of endometriosis ultrasound, but also enables them to develop their practical skills in assessing women with chronic pelvic pain.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Gabor Kovacs, Lois Salamonsen.
    Summary: The last step in the IVF treatment cycle, embryo transfer, is also the process with the highest failure rate. No matter how good the laboratory technique is, a successful pregnancy will not be achieved without meticulous preparation of the uterus to accept the embryo. This book reviews the scientific evidence on endometrial receptivity, including histological, hormonal, biochemical, and immunological factors. Practical and concise, it supports gynecologists and embryologists to make evidence-based decisions that can influence the success rates of implantation and live births. Part of a series of books offering treatments and strategies for fertility and conception to optimize IVF outcomes, this volume is for all clinicians and embryologists working in reproductive medicine.

    Contents:
    Physiology of endometrial development through the cycle and implantation / Annabelle Brennan and Martha Hickey
    Molecular and cellular basis of human embryo implantation / Guiying Nie and Eva Dimitriadis
    Protein biomarkers of endometrial receptivity / Tracey A. Edgell
    Genetic markers of endometrial receptivity (GMER) / Patricia Diaz-Gimeno and Juan A Garcia-Velasco
    Effects of superovulation on the endometrium / Natalie Hannan and Jemma Evans
    Screening the uterine microbiome prior to embryo transfer / Inmaculada Moreno and Carlos Simon
    Estrogen and progesterone support in ART : optimizing implantation / Jamie Stanhiser and Steven L. Young
    The role of hysteroscopy and endometrial scratch in improving endometrial receptivity / Yuval Or and Zeev Shoham
    Fibroids and polyps : their effect on implantation / Beverley Vollenhoven and Sarah Hunt
    Cleavage stage or blastocyst transfer : which is better? / Jason Kasraie
    Dummy embryo transfer / Khaldoun Sharif and Gamal I Serour
    Does the type of catheter used for embryo transfer matter? / Tia Hunjan, Shirin Khanjani and Stuart Lavery
    Should all embryos be transferred in unstimulated cycles? / Nikoletta Panagiotopoulou and Siladitya Bhattacharya
    Rest after embryo transfer is unhelpful / Giuseppe Botta and Gedis Grudzinska
    Ectopic pregnancies : why do they happen? / R.R. Chodankar and Andrew Horne
    The role on NK cells in implantation after IVF and treatment strategies / Norman Shreeve and Ashley Moffett
    Sex and immune receptivity for embryo transfer / David J. Sharkey and Sarah A. Robertson
    Immunotherapy/IVIG, prednisolone and intralipid in IVF / Ole Bjarne Christiansen and Kathinka Marie Nyborg
    The role of heparin and aspirin to aid implantation / Luciano Nardo and Tarique Salman
    Early pregnancy loss : causes and prevention / Shreeya Tewary and Jan J. Brosens
    Is the endometrium in women with PCOS compromised? / Terhi T. Piltonen.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Trisha Greenhalgh.
    Summary: This book addresses the common criticisms of evidence-based healthcare, dispelling many of its myths and misconceptions, while providing a pragmatic framework for testing the validity of healthcare literature. It also helps readers to understand the central principles of evidence-based medicine, critically evaluate published data, and implement the results in practical settings. The readers are guided through each fundamental step of inquiry, from searching the literature, to assessing methodological quality, and appraising statistics. -- Publisher description

    Contents:
    Why read papers at all?
    Searching the literature
    Getting your bearings : what is this paper about?
    Assessing methodological quality
    Statistics for the non-statistician
    Papers that report trials of drugs and other simple interventions
    Papers that report trials of complex interventions
    Papers that report diagnostic or screening tests
    Papers that summarise other papers (systematic reviews and meta-analyses)
    Papers that tell you what to do (guidelines)
    Papers that tell you what things cost (economic analyses)
    Papers that go beyond numbers (qualitative research)
    Papers that report questionnaire research
    Papers that report quality improvement case studies
    Papers that describe genetic association studies
    Applying evidence with patients
    Criticisms of evidence-based healthcare.
    Digital Access R2Library 2019
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Digital
    Rafael Pelayo.
    Summary: "Easy to read and comprehensive. This book offers real practical guidance."'Matthew Walker, PhD, bestselling author of Why We Sleep Sleep difficulties affect millions of people'and the problem is getting worse. The deluge of sleep advice out there, referred to collectively as "sleep hygiene" rules, consists mostly of isolated recommendations for things not to do, such as: Don't drink coffee close to bedtime. Don't watch TV in bed. Despite the popularity of these old rules, Dr. Rafael Pelayo tells us, sleep hygiene alone is rarely effective in helping people with serious sleep problems. We need new rules that reflect the growth of knowledge in sleep science and can effectively improve our health. Pelayo's approach is to first take a step back and teach us how sleep works. He explains that nobody sleeps through the night; that the need for sleep is biological, but the way we sleep is learned; how much sleep you actually need each night, and that you can't get by with less. Then, once readers understand sleep and why it's so essential to our health and well-being, he offers a clear path to better sleep, with a flexible approach that will work for anyone. He offers a strategy for combatting jet lag: use your circadian rhythms to your advantage by maximizing your exposure to daylight. He advises you to think of napping like snacking: snacks are fine to tide you over during long stretches between meals, but if snacking too much or too late keeps you from eating dinner, it's a problem'same goes for naps and a good night's sleep! And he cautions that alcohol is a double-edged sword: it may help you fall asleep, but it also disrupts your sleep cycle. The information in this friendly, accessible book will help readers sleep better, wake up refreshed, and have a healthier life.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous user
  • Print
    Rafael Pelayo, MD.
    Summary: "Sleep difficulties affect millions of people-and the problem is getting worse. The deluge of sleep advice out there, referred to collectively as "sleep hygiene" rules, consists mostly of isolated recommendations for things not to do, such as: Don't drink coffee close to bedtime. Don't watch TV in bed. Despite the popularity of these old rules, Dr. Rafael Pelayo tells us, sleep hygiene alone is rarely effective in helping people with serious sleep problems. We need new rules that reflect the growth of knowledge in sleep science and can effectively improve our health. Pelayo's approach is to first take a step back and teach us how sleep works. He explains that nobody sleeps through the night; that the need for sleep is biological, but the way we sleep is learned; how much sleep you actually need each night, and that you can't get by with less. Then, once readers understand sleep and why it's so essential to our health and well-being, he offers a clear path to better sleep, with a flexible approach that will work for anyone. He offers a strategy for combatting jet lag: use your circadian rhythms to your advantage by maximizing your exposure to daylight. He advises you to think of napping like snacking: snacks are fine to tide you over during long stretches between meals, but if snacking too much or too late keeps you from eating dinner, it's a problem-same goes for naps and a good night's sleep! And he cautions that alcohol is a double-edged sword: it may help you fall asleep, but it also disrupts your sleep cycle. The information in this friendly, accessible book will help readers sleep better, wake up refreshed, and have a healthier life"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    How sleep works
    Snoring? start here
    Sleep for the insomniac
    A day in the (night) life
    Sleep disorders
    A lifetime of sleeping well
    Dreaming: the theater of the night
    Seeing a sleep doctor.
    Print Unavailable: Checked out Recall Item
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    New Books Shelf (Duck Room)
    RA786 .P44 2020
    1
  • Digital
    Mary Seabrook.
    Contents:
    Creating an effective learning environment
    Teaching in clinical contexts
    Workplace-based assessment and feedback
    Common problems in clinical teaching
    Next steps.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Paul J. Silvia, PhD.
    Summary: "All academics need to write, and many struggle to finish their dissertations, articles, books, or grant proposals. Writing is hard work and can be difficult to wedge into a frenetic academic schedule. This revised and updated edition of Paul Silvia's popular guide provides practical, lighthearted advice to help academics overcome common barriers and become productive writers. Silvia's expert tips have been updated to apply to a wide variety of disciplines, and this edition has a new chapter devoted to grant and fellowship writing"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Specious barriers to writing a lot
    The care and feeding of writing schedules
    Starting a writing group
    A brief foray into style
    Writing journal articles
    Writing books
    Writing proposals for grants and fellowships
    "The good things still to be written."
  • Print
    Barbara Gastel and Robert A. Day.
    Summary: "This newly updated version of the classic guide to writing and publishing scientific papers provides the tools needed to succeed in the communication aspects of a scientific career"--Provided by publisher. "Now thoroughly updated and expanded, this new edition of a classic guide offers practical advice on preparing and publishing journal articles as well as succeeding in other communication-related aspects of a scientific career. Provides practical, easy-to-read, and immediately applicable guidance on preparing each part of a scientific paper: from the title and abstract, through each section of the main text, to the acknowledgments and references. Explains step by step how to decide to which journal to submit a paper, what happens to a paper after submission, and how to work effectively with a journal throughout the publication process. Includes key advice on other communication important to success in scientific careers, such as giving presentations and writing proposals. Presents an insightful insider's view of how journals actually work--and describes how best to work with them."--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Part I: Some preliminaries. What is scientific writing? ; Historical perspectives ; Approaching a writing project ; What is a scientific paper? ; Ethics in scientific publishing ; Where to submit your manuscript
    Part II: Preparing the text. How to prepare the title ; How to list the authors and addresses ; How to prepare the abstract ; How to write the introduction ; How to write the materials and methods section ; How to write the results ; How to write the discussion ; How to state the acknowledgments ; How to cite the references
    Part III: Preparing the tables and figures. How to design effective tables ; How to prepare effective graphs ; How to prepare effective photographs
    Part IV: Publishing the paper. Rights and permissions ; How to submit the manuscript ; The review process (how to deal with editors) ; The publishing process (how to deal with proofs) and after publication
    Part V: Doing other writing for publication. How to write a review paper ; How to write opinion (letters to the editor, editorials, and book reviews) ; How to write a book chapter or a book ; How to write for the public ; How to present a paper orally ; How to prepare a poster ; How to write a conference report
    Part VII: Scientific style. Use and misuse of English ; Avoiding jargon ; How and when to use abbreviations ; Writing clearly across cultures and media ; How to write science in English as a foreign language
    Part VIII: Other topics in scientific communication. How to write a thesis ; How to prepare a curriculum vitae, cover letter, and personal statement ; How to prepare grant proposals and progress reports ; How to write a recommendation letter : and how to ask for one ; How to work with the media ; How to provide peer review ; How to edit your own work ; How to seek a scientific-communication career
    Appendix 1: Selected journal title word abbreviations
    Appendix 2: Words and expressions to avoid
    Appendix 3: SI (Système International) prefixes and their abbreviations
    Appendix 4: Some helpful websites
    Glossary.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    T11 .D33 2016
    1
  • Print
    Barbara Gastel and Robert A. Day.
    Summary: "'The purpose of scientific writing,' according to Barbara Gastel and Robert A. Day, 'is to communicate new scientific findings. Science is simply too important to be communicated in anything other than words of certain meaning.' This clear, beautifully written, and often funny text is a must-have for anyone who needs to communicate scientific information, whether they're writing for a professor, other scientists, or the general public. The thoughtfully revised ninth edition retains the most important material-including preparing text and graphics, publishing papers and other types of writing, and plenty of information on writing style-while adding up-to-date advice on copyright, presenting online, identifying authors, creating visual abstracts, and writing in English as a non-native language.A set of valuable appendixes provide ready reference, including words and expressions to avoid, SI prefixes, a list of helpful websites, and a glossary. Students and working scientists will want to keep How to Write and Publish a Scientific Paper at their desks and refer to it at every stage of writing and publication."-- Back cover.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    T11 .D33 2022
    1
  • Digital
    Michael Hanna.
    Summary: This book guides medical researchers through all stages of transforming their data and ideas into a published paper. Many researchers in medicine struggle to get their research written and published. One reason for this is that most medical researchers have not received much instruction in the subjects needed to write and publish scientific papers: research methodology, ethics, statistics, data visualization, writing, revising, and the practicalities of publishing. This book tackles all the major scientific issues that routinely lead to manuscripts getting rejected from the journals. The section "Preparing" covers the range of methodological, ethical, and practical aspects that researchers need to address before starting to write their paper. The section "Analyzing" reviews commonplace problems in the statistical analysis and presentation, and how to resolve those problems. The section "Drafting" describes what to write in the various parts of a paper (the Introduction, Methods, Results, Discussion, Abstract, etc.). The section "Revising" explains and illustrates how to improve the writing style of any manuscript. The section "Publishing" discusses how to navigate the peer review process and all other practical aspects of the publishing phase. The entire book draws on the author's decade of experience as an independent medical writer and research consultant. More importantly, the book is grounded in the existing scientific and scholarly literature, with extensive references and an annotated bibliography. After reading this book, medical researchers will know how to write better quality medical papers, so they can publish their work in better journals with less time and struggle.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    edited and introduced by Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor.
    Summary: The Combahee River Collective, a group of radical black feminists, was one of the most important organizations to develop out of the anti-racist and women's liberation movements of the 1960s and 70s. In this collection, founding members of the organization and contemporary activists reflect on the legacy of its contributions to black feminism and its impact on today's struggles. "In the last several years, Black feminism has reemerged as the analytical framework for the activist response to the oppression of trans women of color, the fight for reproductive rights, and, of course, the movement against police abuse and violence. The most visible organizations and activists connected to the Black Lives Matter movement speak openly about how Black feminism shapes their politics and strategies today. The interviews I have compiled in this book -- with the three authors of the Combahee River Collective Statement, Barbara Smith, Beverly Smith, and Demita Frazier, #BlackLivesMatter cofounder Alicia Garza, and historian and activist Barbara Ransby -- are an attempt to show how these politics remain historically vibrant and relevant to the struggles of today. As Demita Frazier says, the point of talking about Combahee is not to be nostalgic; rather, we talk about it because Black women are still not free." -- Keeanga-Yamahtta Taylor, from the introduction.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    The Combahee River Collective statement
    Barbara Smith
    Beverly Smith
    Demita Frazier
    Alicia Garza
    Comments by Barbara Ransby
    Acknowledgments
    Contributor biographies.
    Digital Access EBSCO 2017
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    HQ1426 .H689 2017
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Yacine Graba, René Rezsohazy.
    Contents:
    Discovery and classification of homeobox genes in animal genomes / Ferdinand Marlétaz, Jordi Paps, Ignacio Maeso, and Peter W. H. Holland
    How to study hox gene expression and function in mammalian oocytes and early embryos / Delphine Paul, Caroline Sauvegarde, René Rezsohazy, and Isabelle Donnay
    Genetic lineage tracing analysis of anterior hox expressing cells / Brigitte Laforest, Nicolas Bertrand, and Stéphane Zaffran
    A genetic strategy to obtain P-Gal4 elements in the Drosophila hox genes / Luis de Navas, David Foronda, Delia del Saz, and Ernesto Sánchez-Herrero
    Hox complex analysis through BAC recombineering / Mark Parrish, Youngwook Ahn, Christof Nolte, Bony De Kumar and Robb Krumlauf
    The genetics of murine Hox loci : TAMERE, STRING, and PANTHERE to engineer chromosome variants / Patrick Tschopp and Denis Duboule
    Topological organization of Drosophila hox genes using DNA fluorescent in situ hybridization / Frédéric Bantignies and Giacomo Cavalli
    Mining the Cis-regulatory elements of hox clusters / Navneet Kaur Matharu and Rakesh K. Mishra
    Functional analysis of hox genes in Zebrafish / Franck Ladam and Charles G. Sagerström
    Transgenesis in non-model organisms : the case of Parhyale / Zacharias Kontarakis and Anastasios Pavlopoulos
    Tissue specific RNA isolation in Drosophila embryos : a strategy to analyze context dependent transcriptome landscapes using FACS / Arnaud Defaye and Laurent Perrin
    Hox transcriptomics in Drosophila embryos / Maria Polychronidou and Ingrid Lohmann
    Measuring hox-DNA binding by electrophoretic mobility / Kelly Churion [and four others]
    Chromatin immunoprecipitation and chromatin immunoprecipitation with massively parallel sequencing on mouse embryonic tissue / Shilu Amin and Nicoletta Bobola
    chIP for hox proteins from Drosophila imaginal discs / Pavan Agrawal and L. S. Shashidhara
    SELEX-seq : a method for characterizing the compete repertoire of binding site preferences for transcription factor complexes / Todd R. Riley [and six others]
    DamID as an approach to studyinhg long-distance chromatin iteractions / Fabienne Cléard, François Karch, and oRbert K. Maeda
    cgCHIP : a cell type- and gene-specific method for chromatin analysis / Marios Agelopoulos, Daniel J. McKay, and Ricahrd S. Mann
    Bimolecular fluorescence complementation (biFC) in live Drosophila embryos / Marilyne Duffraisse, Bruno Hudry, and Samir Merabet
    Rational drug repurposing using sscMap analysis in a HOX-TALE model of leukemia / Laura M. Kettyle, Fabio G. Liberante, and Alexander Thompson.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Carole Fakhry, Gypsyamber D'Souza, editors.
    Contents:
    Anatomical sites and subsites of head and neck cancer
    Epidemiology of oral HPV infection and HPV-associated head and neck cancer
    Frequent behavioural questions with an HPV-positive malignancy of the head and neck
    The molecular biology of HPV-related head and neck cancer
    The diagnosis of HPV-related head and neck squamous cell carcinoma: Recognition of its microscopic appearance and the use of ancillary detection assays
    Clinical management of HPV-related oropharyngeal cancer
    The role of vaccines for HPV-related head and neck cancers
    The care of the HPV-negative head and neck cancer patient: Presentation, prognosis, treatment. .
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital/Print
    Wojciech Golusiński, C. René Leemans, Andreas Dietz, editors.
    Contents:
    Epidemiology and molecular biology of HPV positive HNSCC
    HPV testing
    Non-surgical treatment of HPV positive tumours
    Surgical treatment of HPV Positive tumours
    Predictive factors for outcome and quality of life in HPV positive and HPV negative
    HPV
    prevention vaccination, ongoing trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Marc Laurence Mendillo, David Pincus, Ruth Scherz-Shouval, editors.
    Summary: Protein homeostasis, or "Proteostasis", lies at the heart of human health and disease. From the folding of single polypeptide chains into functional proteins, to the regulation of intracellular signaling pathways, to the secreted signals that coordinate cells in tissues and throughout the body, the proteostasis network operates to support cell health and physiological fitness. However, cancer cells also hijack the proteostasis network and many of these same processes to sustain the growth and spread of tumors. The chapters in this book are written by world experts in the many facets of the proteostasis network. They describe cutting-edge insights into the structure and function of the major chaperone and degradation systems in healthy cells and how these systems are co-opted in cancer cells and the cells of the tumor microenvironment. The chapters also cover therapeutic interventions such as the FDA-approved proteasome inhibitors Velcade and Krypolis as well as other therapies currently under clinical investigation to disarm the ability of the proteostasis network to support malignancy. This compendium is the first of its kind and aims to serve as a reference manual for active investigators and a primer for newcomers to the field. This book is dedicated to the memory of Susan Lindquist, a pioneer of the proteostasis field and a champion of the power of basic scientific inquiry to unlock the mechanisms of human disease.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface: Dedication to Susan Lindquist
    Contents
    Part I: Structure
    1: Structural and Biochemical Properties of Hsp40/Hsp70 Chaperone System
    1.1 Hsp70 Chaperone System
    1.1.1 Hsp70 Domain Structure and Functional Cycle
    1.1.2 Substrate Recognition and Remodeling by the Hsp70 Chaperones
    1.2 Regulation of Hsp70 Function by Co-chaperones
    1.2.1 J-Domain Proteins
    1.2.2 Nucleotide Exchange Factors
    1.2.2.1 Nucleotide Cycle Regulation Beyond JDPs and NEFs
    1.3 Hsp70s Interaction with Other Cellular Chaperone Systems 1.3.1 Hsp70 Chaperones in Protein Disaggregation
    1.4 Conclusion and Perspectives
    References
    2: The TRiC/CCT Chaperonin and Its Role in Uncontrolled Proliferation
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 The Structure of CCT
    2.3 CCT Substrates and Specificity
    2.4 Conformational Changes and Nucleotide Hydrolysis
    2.5 CCT and Cancer
    2.6 CCT as Key Regulator of Cell Cycle
    2.7 Is CCT a Possible Antiproliferation Target?
    References
    3: Regulation of Hsf1 and the Heat Shock Response
    3.1 Introduction: The HSR in Health and Disease 3.2 Defining the Transcriptional Response to Heat Shock
    3.3 What Activates the HSR?
    3.4 Hsp70 and Hsf1 Constitute a Negative Feedback Loop That Controls the HSR
    3.5 Hsp90 Negatively Regulates Hsf1 Orthogonally to Hsp70
    3.6 Phosphorylation Is Dispensable for Hsf1 Activity During Heat Shock
    3.7 Coordination of the HSR Across Tissues
    3.8 Conclusion
    References
    Part II: Function
    4: Challenging Proteostasis: Role of the Chaperone Network to Control Aggregation-Prone Proteins in Human Disease
    4.1 Introduction 5: The Multifaceted Role of HSF1 in Tumorigenesis
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 HSF1 Structure and Function
    5.2.1 HSF1 Regulation by Post Translational Modification
    5.3 HSF1 in Carcinogenesis
    5.4 How Is HSF1 Activated in Cancer?
    5.5 How Does HSF1 Support the Malignant State in Cancer?
    5.5.1 HSF1 Regulation of Cancer Cell Proteostasis
    5.5.2 HSF1 Regulation of mRNA Processing and Protein Synthesis
    5.5.3 HSF1 Regulation of DNA Repair
    5.5.4 HSF1 Regulation of Energy Metabolism
    5.5.5 HSF1 Regulation of Cell Motility, Migration and Adhesion
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Jennifer Isaacs and Luke Whitesell.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2016
  • Digital
    Graham Hughes.
    Contents:
    1. Sticky blood: the disease is common
    2. Main clinical features
    3. Clotting in veins
    4. Stroke
    5. Memory loss and "Alzheimers"
    6. Headaches, migraine and fits
    7. The spinal cord and "multiple sclerosis"
    8. The heart and arteries
    9. Other organs
    10. The "catastrophic" antiphospholipid syndrome
    11. Pregnancy and fetal loss
    12. Hughes' syndrome and lupus
    13. Treatment
    14. The outlook
    15. What blood tests do we use?
    16. Research
    17. Background
    18. An update
    19. Further reading and websites
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital/Print
    Jahr, G. H. G.; Snelling, Frederick G.
    Contents:

    v. 1. Symptomatology.
    Digital Access Google Books 1860-
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Stored offsite. Please request print.
    X1101 .J25hu 1860
    1
  • Digital
    Ajaz Ahmad Malik, Shams ul Bari.
    Summary: The book explores various aspects of hydatid disease, including the background, parasitology, epidemiology, etiology, pathogenesis and presentation in humans. It features dedicated chapters on hydatidosis of liver, spleen, peritoneum, kidney, pelvis, and disseminated hydatid disease, and also provides detailed information on the latest surgical and non-surgical methods for treating the condition, such as drug therapy and laproscopic management. The book is primarily intended for undergraduate and postgraduate students of surgery and medicine, but is also useful to veterinary science students and pharmaceutical companies. Further, it serves as a valuable reference resource for academics and researchers in associated fields.

    Contents:
    Biology of the Echinococcus
    Hydatid disease of the liver : clinical presentation and complications
    Diagnosis of hydatid disease of the liver
    Surgical management of hydatid liver disease
    Drug therapy in hydatid disease of the liver
    Alveolar hydatid disease
    Primary splenic hydatidosis
    Hydatid disease of the kidney
    Primary extrahepatic abdominal hydatidosis
    Minimally invasive management of hepatic hydatidosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Suzana Herculano-Houzel.
    Summary: Herculano-Houzel shows that it is not the size of our brain that matters but the fact that we have more neurons in the cerebral cortex than any other animal, thanks to our ancestors' invention, some 1.5 million years ago, of a more efficient way to obtain calories: cooking. Because we are primates, ingesting more calories in less time made possible the rapid acquisition of a huge number of neurons in the still fairly small cerebral cortex -- the part of the brain responsible for finding patterns, reasoning, developing technology, and passing it on through culture. Herculano-Houzel shows us how she came to these conclusions -- making "brain soup" to determine the number of neurons in the brain, for example, and bringing animal brains in a suitcase through customs. --Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Humans rule!
    Brain soup
    Got brains?
    Not all brains are made the same
    Remarkable but not extraordinary
    The elephant in the room
    What cortical expansion?
    A body matter?
    So how much does it cost?
    Brains or brawn : you can't have both
    Thank cooking for your neurons
    ... But plenty of neurons are not enough
    Epilogue : our place in nature
    Appendix A: Body mass, brain mass, and number of neurons
    Appendix B: Scaling rules.
    Digital Access EBSCOhost 2016
  • Digital
    J.A. Gosling, P.F. Harris, J.R. Humpherson, I. Whitmore, P.L.T. Willan.
    Contents:
    Basic anatomical concepts
    Thorax
    Upper limbs
    Abdomen
    Pelvis and perineum
    Lower limbs
    Head and neck.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2017
  • Print
    edited by Edouard Kurstak and Christine Kurstak.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC114.5 .H85 1977
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Michael J. Aminoff, François Boller and Dick F. Swaab.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2015
  • Digital
    Gerald Litwack.
    Contents:
    Organ systems and tissues
    The cell
    Introductory discussion on water, pH, buffers, and general features of receptors, channels, and pumps
    Proteins
    Enzymes
    Insulin and sugars
    Glycogen and glycogenolysis
    Glycolysis and gluconeogenesis
    Lipids
    Nucleic acids and molecular genetics
    Protein biosynthesis
    Transcription
    Metabolism of amino acids
    Metabolism of fat, carbohydrate, and nucleic acids
    Polypeptide hormones
    Steroid hormones
    Growth factors and cytokines
    Membrane transport
    Micronutrients (metals and iodine)
    Vitamins and nutrition
    Blood and lymphatic system
    Appendix 1: Abbreviations of the common amino acids
    Appendix 2: The genetic code
    Appendix 3: Weights and measures
    Appendix 4: Answer key for chapter questions.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Sudhir Dixit, Ramjee Prasad.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction to human bond communication
    2. General concepts behind human bond communication
    3. Advanced reconfigurable 5G architectures for human bond communication
    4. Data mining of the human being
    5. Human-centric IoT networks
    6. Body as a network node: key is the oral cavity
    7. Human bond communication using cognitive radio approach for efficient spectrum utilization
    8. Technology advancement and integration in the context of wildlife conservation
    9. An investigation of security and privacy for human bond communication
    10. The Internet of Everything and beyond: the interplay between things and humans
    11. Human bond communications in health: ethical and legal issues
    12. Human bond communication: a new and unexplored frontier for intellectual property and Information and Communciation Technology law
    13. Predicting the future of ICT: a historical perspective
    14. Human bond communication beyond 2050
    Index.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Johng S. Rhim, Anatoly Dritschilo, Richard Kremer, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro; Preface; Acknowledgments; Contents; Part I: Mechanisms of Tumor Progression; Mechanisms Underlying Metastatic Pancreatic Cancer; PDAC Metastasis and Outcomes; Models of Metastasis; Genetically Engineered Mouse Models of Metastatic PDAC; Orthotopic Models of Pancreatic Cancer Metastasis; Mechanisms of Metastasis; EMT-MET Axis and Cellular Plasticity; Metastatic Organotropism: The Role of Exosomes and EMT Modulators; Epigenetic and Post-Transcriptional Regulators of EMT and Metastasis; Concluding Remarks; References; Current Perspectives on Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma; Introduction Historic PerspectiveCurrent Perspectives; Epidemiology; Incidence Rate; Impact of Human Migration on NPC Incidents; Risk Factors; Epstein Barr Virus (EBV); Single Nucleotide Polymorphisms (SNPs); Intake of Certain Foods; Model System for Investigating Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma; Potential Use of Zebrafish for Modeling Human NPC; Immunotherapy for Nasopharyngeal Carcinoma; Immunotherapy: General Concepts; Relevant Cancer Mouse Models for Preclinical Investigation of Immunotherapy; Immunotherapeutic Approaches for Cancer Treatment; Immunotherapy in NPC; Concluding Remarks; References An In Vitro Model of Triple-Negative Breast Cancer17€-Estradiol Induces Transformation and Tumorigenesis in Human Breast Epithelial Cells; Epithelial to Mesenchymal Transition in Human Breast Epithelial Cells Transformed by 17-Beta-Estradiol; Developing a Unique Model of Triple Negative Breast Cancer; Chromatin Remodeling During Human Breast Epithelial Cell Transformation; Concluding Remarks; References; Emerging Role of Novel Biomarkers of Ly6 Gene Family in Pan Cancer; Introduction; Expression of Ly6D, E, H, and K Genes in Normal Tissues; Ly6D; Ly6E; Ly6H; Ly6K Expression of Ly6D, E, H, and K Genes in Tumor TissuesLy6D; Ly6E; Ly6H; Ly6K; Mechanisms Associated Ly6D, E, H, and K Gene Family; Ly6D; Ly6E; Ly6H; Ly6K; Summary; References; The Oncoprotein Gankyrin/PSMD10 as a Target of Cancer Therapy; Isolation of Gankyrin from Hepatocellular Carcinoma; Enhanced Degradation of RB (Retinoblastoma-Associated Protein) and p53 (Cellular Tumor Antigen p53) by Gankyrin; Gankyrin as a Killer of Multiple Tumor Suppressor Proteins; Animal Models Overexpressing Gankyrin in the Liver Importance of Non-Parenchymal Cells in Carcinogenesis as Demonstrated by Gankyrin-Knockout MiceGankyrin as a Promising Therapeutic Target; Experimental Anti-Gankyrin Agents; Conclusion; References; Contributing Roles of CYP2E1 and Other Cytochrome P450 Isoforms in Alcohol-Related Tissue Injury and Carcinogenesis; Introduction; Updated Mechanisms of Ethanol-Mediated Carcinogenesis; Contributing Roles of CYP2E1 and Other P450 Isoforms in Tissue Injury and Cancer Development; Multiple Regulations of CYP2E1 and Alcohol-Related Tissue Injury and Carcinogenesis Distribution of CYP2E1 and Carcinogenesis in Extra-Hepatic Tissues
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Philippe Bardy.
    Summary: Telepatients using connected objects to collect time-sensitive data about their health are not neutral carriers of diagnosable symptoms. Patients are persons, or personal beings as well as co-carers, whose personal experience, history and know-how must be acknowledged in time-sensitive telecare practices. Such practices require a relational ethics, inspired by medical ethics and an ethics of virtues, focusing on vulnerability and emotional health, to oversee telecare good practices, define a new therapeutic alliance compliant with patients' values, and reconcile the technical and human sides of telemedicine.

    Contents:
    Part 1. The Person in the Age of Telecare ; 1. The Advent of Digital Healthcare ; 2. The Human Ethical Challenge
    Part 2. Telecare Phenomenology ; 3. A Cross-Dimensional Look at the 'Patient Experience' ; 4. The Patient Experience Under Telemonitoring ; 5. The Person Standing the Test of Digital Clocks ; 6. Experiential knowledge of the 'Subject of Care
    Part 3. Toward an Ethics of "Time-sensitive" Telecare ; 7. Subjectivising the Future: or the 'Patient Project' Temporality ; 8. 'Chrono-Sensitivity': From Concepts to Ethics.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Kostas N. Fountoulakis.
    Summary: This book constitutes the end result of 20 years-long effort that goes beyond a Psychiatrists standard clinical training and education, even that of a Psychiatrist that follows an academic career. Trying to explain how the human mind works is hard and the heterogeneity of the audience make the attempt even more difficult. There is a conceptual difference between the words brain and mindand this makes the effort even more difficult since the present book tries to preserve the strict scientific approach concerning all the topics discussed. The work elaborates and tries to answer questions frequently phrased by audiences in teaching classes and in conferences and does not avoid any question. In order to achieve this goal, it is structured in chapters all the way from the molecule and the cell to consciousness and free will. The book targets mainly the mental health care professionals as an audience, and to a lesser extend the other health professionals. It is written according to the authors view concerning the training and educational needs of Psychiatrists and Psychologists and to a lesser degree of Neurologists and Neuroscientists in general.

    Contents:
    Introductory remarks
    Macroscopic structure of the brain
    Microscopic structure of the brain
    The cell membrane
    Neurotransmitters. The synapse
    Function of neurotransmitter systems
    Second messengers
    Neurotrophic factors
    Functional organization of the brain
    Higher cognitive function
    Thought and intelligence
    Mood
    Sleep
    Consciousness and free will
    Temperament and personality
    Sex differences
    Brain genetics
    Sociobiology.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew D. Yurochko, William E. Miller.
    Contents:
    History of the molecular biology of cytomegaloviruses / Mark F. Stinski
    Overview of human cytomegalovirus pathogenesis / Maciej T. Nogalski, Donna Collins-McMillen, and Andrew D. Yurochko
    Distinct properties of human cytomegalovirus strains and the appropriate choice of strains for particular studies / Giada Frascaroli and Christian Sinzger
    Use of diploid human fibroblasts as a model system to culture, grow, and study human cytomegalovirus infection / Elizabeth A. Fortunato
    Use of recombinant approaches to construct human cytomegalovirus mutants / Iryna Dekhtiarenko, Luka éCiécin-éSain, and Martin Messerle
    Use of primary human cells (fibroblasts, monocytes, and others) to assess human cytomegalovirus function / Emma Poole, Matthew Reeves, and John H. Sinclair
    Hematopoietic long-term culture (hLTC) for human cytomegalovirus latency and reactivation / Mahadevaiah Umashankar and Felicia Goodrum
    Analysis of cytomegalovirus binding/entry-mediated events / Gary C.T. Chan and Andrew D. Yurochko
    Use of 5-Ethynyl-2' -deoxyuridine labelling and flow cytometry to study cell cycle-dependent regulation of human cytomegalovirus gene expression / Lèuder Wiebusch and Christian Hagemeier
    Methods for studying the function of cytomegalovirus GPCRs / Christine M. O'Connor and William E. Miller
    Methods for the detection of cytomegalovirus in glioblastoma cells and tissues / Charles S. Cobbs, Lisa Matlaf, and Lualhati E. Harkins
    Methods to study the nucleocytoplasmic transport of macromolecules with respect to their impact on the regulation of human cytomegalovirus gene expression / Marco Thomas ... [et al.]
    Fluorescence-based laser capture microscopy technology facilitates identification of critical in vivo cytomegalovirus transcriptional programs / Craig N. Kreklywich ... [et al.]
    Techniques for characterizing cytomegalovirus-encoded miRNAs / Lauren M. Hook ... [et al.]
    What we have learned from animal models of HCMV / Pranay Dogra and Tim E. Sparer
    Rodent models of congenital cytomegalovirus infection / Djurdjica Cekinovic, Vanda Juranic Lisnic, and Stipan Jonjic
    Recent approaches and strategies in the generation of antihuman cytomegalovirus vaccines / Suresh B. Boppana and William J. Britt
    Approaches for the generation of new anti-cytomegalovirus agents : identification of protein-protein interaction inhibitors and compounds against the HCMV IE2 protein / Beatrice Mercorelli ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ryo Sakurai.
    Summary: This book discusses the findings of research on the human dimensions of wildlife management conducted in Japan, demonstrating how such research and approaches have contributed to mitigating human-wildlife conflicts. Human-wildlife conflicts, including agricultural and property damage as well as occasional casualties, are a global problem for which local residents, managers, and stakeholders around the world are struggling to find solutions. Human dimensions of wildlife management (HDW) is an academic field developed in North America in the 1970s to gather information on the social aspects of human-wildlife issues to help wildlife managers and stakeholders implement effective decision-making measures. However, HDW is not widely recognized or applied outside North America, and few studies have investigated whether HDW approaches would be effective in different cultural settings. This is the first book written in English to introduce the HDW theories and practices implemented in Asia. Presenting innovative approaches and research techniques, as well as tips on how to introduce HDW methods into culturally different societies, it is a valuable resource not only for researchers and students in this field, but also for government officials/managers, NGOs, residents and other stakeholders who are affected by human-wildlife conflicts around the globe.

    Contents:
    Introduction : new perspectives of wildlife management
    What is "human dimensions"?
    Wildlife management in Japan
    Studies on the human dimension of black bear management in Japan
    Human dimensions studies on programs for reducing human-wildlife conflicts in Tochigi Prefecture, Japan
    Introducing ideas and approaches of human dimensions in Japan
    Educating international students about the human dimensions of wildlife management.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Gautam Allahbadia, Claudio Chillik, editors.
    Summary: This concise work on embryo transfer is yet another contribution to the persevering effort to disseminate latest information on the science and skill of performing a traumatic and successful embryo transfer. It is the most critical culmination of the assisted reproductive technology (ART) stimulation cycle, and a rate-limiting step in dictating the success of treatment. The well-worded chapters draw the reader's attention to significant aspects before initiating the actual embryo transfer, such as possible causes of failure at the embryo transfer stage, uterine evaluation, mock embryo transfer (ET), experience of the physician, and the use of ultrasound-guidance to monitor ET. The protocol for difficult transfers, variables that affect the success of ET, and the influence of the catheter used for ET have also been dealt with. The unique feature of this book is its pragmatic approach that can translate into solutions to the numerous frustrating ART failures that more often than not, may be attributed to an inefficient ET procedure. It helps the reader understand the integrity of embryo transfer, unravel its obvious simplicity and bridge the success between the several steps of ART. By highlighting the impeding problems associated with ET procedure and providing valid, scientific solutions, this stimulating edition will help the readers improve the ART success rates in their clinical practice. .

    Contents:
    Evaluation of the uterus prior to embryo transfer.-Trial Embryo Transfer (Mock Transfer)
    Does the Experience of the Provider Affect Pregnancy Rates After Embryo Transfer?
    Ultrasound-Guided ETs or Clinical Touch ETs?
    Variables That Affect a Successful Embryo Transfer
    Management of Difficult Embryo Transfers
    Facts and Myths of Embryo Transfer .-Uterine Contractility and Embryo Transfer.- Embryo Transfer Media and Catheters
    Is There A Role for Tubal Transfers?
    Loading and Expulsion of Embryos.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Bruce M. Carlson.
    Summary: "Bruce Carlson's Human Embryology and Developmental Biology is one of the most detailed texts available for those who want to truly understand both the morphological and molecular aspects of human embryological development. Fully updated in its seventh edition, the book provides a thorough grounding in all aspects of embryology. It presents in detail the molecular and cellular basis for embryological processes, from early development through to development of body systems. It covers examples of congenital malformations and their underlying mechanisms, and comes complete with clinical vignettes and review questions to support learning. This book will suit medical and science students taking embryology courses as well as scientists and clinicians who find themselves returning to this topic throughout their careers"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Getting Ready for Pregnancy
    Transport of Gametes and Fertilization
    Molecular Basis for Embryonic Development
    Cleavage and Implantation
    Formation of Germ Layers and Early Derivatives
    Establishment of the Basic Embryonic Body Plan
    Placenta and Extraembryonic Membranes
    Developmental Disorders: Causes, Mechanisms, and Patterns
    Integumentary, Skeletal, and Muscular Systems
    Limb Development
    Nervous System
    Neural Crest
    Sense Organs
    Head and Neck
    Digestive and Respiratory Systems and Body Cavities
    Urogenital System
    Cardiovascular System
    Fetal Period and Birth.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey [2023]
  • Digital
    Bruce M. Carlson.
    Summary: Master the concepts you need to know with Human Embryology and Developmental Biology. Dr. Bruce M. Carlson's clear explanations provide an easy-to-follow "road map" through the most up-to-date scientific knowledge, giving you a deeper understanding of the key information you need to know for your courses, exams, and ultimately clinical practice. Visualize normal and abnormal development with hundreds of superb clinical photos and embryological drawings.Access the fully searchable text online, view animations, answer self-assessment questions, and much more at www.studentconsult.com.

    Contents:
    Getting ready for pregnancy
    Transport of gametes and fertilization
    Cleavage and implantation
    Molecular basis for embryonic development
    Formation of germ layers and early derivatives
    Establishment of the basic embryonic body plan
    Placenta and extraembryonic membranes
    Developmental disorders : causes, mechanisms, and patterns
    Integumentary, skeletal, and muscular systems
    Limb development
    Nervous system
    Neural crest
    Sense organs
    Head and neck
    Digestive and respiratory systems and body cavities
    Urogenital system
    Cardiovascular system
    Fetal period and birth.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Kursad Turksen.
    Contents:
    Derivation of human embryonic stem cell lines from vitrified human blastocysts / Cara K. Bradley ... [et al.] - Characterizing pluripotent stem sells using the TaqMan® hPSC scorecardTM panel / Jeffrey Fergus, Rene Quintanilla, and Uma Lakshmipathy
    Growth of human pluripotent stem cells using functional human extracellular matrix / Andres Sanz-Garcia, Miodrag Stojkovic, and Carmen Escobedo-Lucea
    Efficient expansion of dissociated human pluripotent stem cells using a synthetic substrate / Eihachiro Kawase
    Microarray approach to identify the signaling network responsible for self-renewal of human embryonic stem cells / Noboru Sato and Ali Brivanlou
    Monitoring stemness in long-term hESC sultures by real-time PCR / Amparo Galan and Carlos Simon
    Study of gap junctions in human embryonic stem cells / Alice Pebay and Raymond C.B. Wong
    Immunofluorescence microscopy and mRNA analysis of human embryonic stem cells (hESCs) including primary cilia associated signaling pathways / Maj Linea Vestergaard ... [et al.]
    Analysis of intracellular calcium signaling in human embryonic stem cells / Adrienn Pentek, Katalin Paszty, and Agota Apati
    Genetic manipulation of human embryonic stem cells / Rachel Eiges
    Genetic modification in human pluripotent stem cells by homologous recombination and CRISPR/Cas9 system / Haipeng Xue ... [et al.]
    Use of multicolor flow cytometry for isolation of specific cell populations deriving from differentiated human embryonic stem cells / Isabella Mengarelli, Andrew Fryga, and Tiziano Barberi
    Definitive endoderm differentiation of human embryonic stem cells combined with selective elimination of undifferentiated cells by methionine deprivation / Tomonori Tsuyama, Nobuaki Shiraki, and Shoen Kume
    Derivation of endothelial cells and pericytes from human pluripotent stem cells / Sravanti Kusuma and Sharon Gerecht
    Differentiation of human embryonic stem cells on periodontal ligament fibroblasts / Y. Murat Elcin, Bulend Inanc, and A. Eser Elcin
    Derivation of epithelial cells from human embryonic stem cells as an in vitro model of vocal mucosa / Vlasta Lungova, Ciara Leydon, and Susan Thibeault
    Human embryonic and hepatic stem cell differentiation visualized in two and three dimensions based on serial sections / Peter S. Vestentoft ... [et al.]
    Derivation of chondrogenic cells from human embryonic stem cells for cartilage tissue engineering / Wei Seong Toh and Tong Cao
    Microgrooved surface modulates neuron differentiation in human embryonic stem cells / David Lu ... [et al.]
    Directed differentiation of human embryonic stem cells into neural progenitors / Erin Banda and Laura Grabel
    Direct conversion of pluripotent human embryonic stem cells under defined culture conditions into human neuronal or cardiomyocyte cell therapy derivatives / Xuejun H. Parsons
    Generation of epithelial cell populations from human pluripotent stem cells using a small-molecule inhibitor of Src family kinases / Joshua A. Selekman, Xiaojun Lian, and Sean P. Palecek
    Dual-SMAD inhibition/WNT activation-based methods to induce neural crest and derivatives from human pluripotent stem cells / Stuart M. Chambers ... [et al.]
    Accelerated three-dimensional neuroepithelium formation from human embryonic stem cells and its use for quantitative differentiation to human retinal pigment epithelium / Yu Zhu, Sven Schreiter, and Elly M. Tanaka
    Efficient production of photoreceptor precursor cells from human embryonic stem cells / Anat Yanai ... [et al.]
    Generation of megakaryocytes and platelets from human pluripotent stem cells / Marjorie Pick
    Simple protocol for the generation of cardiomyocytes from human pluripotent stem cells / Glen Lester Sequiera, Ashish Mehta, and Winston Shim
    Erratum to: Microgrooved surface modulates neuron differentiation in human embryonic stem cells / David Lu ... [et al.].
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Carsten Carlberg, Ferdinand Molnár.
    Summary: The view "Its all in our genes and we cannot change it" developed in the past 150 years since Gregor Mendels experiments with flowering pea plants. However, there is a special form of genetics, referred to as epigenetics, which does not involve any change of our genes but regulates how and when they are used. In the cell nucleus our genes are packed into chromatin, which is a complex of histone proteins and genomic DNA, representing the molecular basis of epigenetics. Our environment and lifestyle decisions influence the epigenetics of our cells and organs, i.e. epigenetics changes dynamically throughout our whole life. Thus, we have the chance to change our epigenetics in a positive as well as negative way and are able to prevent the onset of diseases, such a type 2 diabetes or cancer. This book provides a molecular explanation how our genome is connected with environmental signals. It outlines that epigenetic programming is a learning process that results in epigenetic memory in each of the cells forming our body. The central importance of epigenetics during embryogenesis and cellular differentiation as well as in the process of aging and the risk for the development of cancer are discussed. Moreover, the role of the epigenome as a molecular storage of cellular events not only in the brain but also in metabolic organs and in the immune system is described. The book represents an updated but simplified version of our textbook "Human Epigenomics" (ISBN 978-981-10-7614-8). The first five chapters explain the molecular basis of epigenetics, while the following seven chapters provide examples for the impact of epigenetics in human health and disease.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Chromatin and gene expression
    DNA methylation
    Histone modifications
    Chromatin modifying proteins and RNAs
    Embryogenesis and cellular differentiation
    Population epigenetics and aging
    Cancer epigenetics
    Neuroepigenetics
    Nutritional epigenetics
    Epigenetics of immune function
    Epigenome-environment interactions and their therapy.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    by Carsten Carlberg, Ferdinand Molnár.
    Summary: The term epigenetics describes regulatory and information storing mechanisms of specific genes that do not involve any change of their DNA sequence. Epigenetics is closely related to the extensively folded state, in which the genome is packaged, known as chromatin. New genomic tools nowadays allow the genome-wide assessment of, for example, chromatin states and DNA modifications, and led to the discovery of unexpected new epigenetic principles, such as epigenomic memory. This was the start of the field of epigenomics, the relation of which to human health and disease is discussed in this textbook. This book aims to summarize, in a condensed form, the role of epigenomics in defining chromatin states that are representative of active genes (euchromatin) and repressed genes (heterochromatin). Moreover, this book discusses the principles of gene regulation, chromatin stability, genomic imprinting and the reversibility of DNA methylation and histone modifications. This information should enable a better understanding of cell type identities and will provide new directions for studies of, for example, cellular reprograming, the response of chromatin to environmental signals and epigenetic therapies that can improve or restore human health. In order to facilitate the latter, we favor a high figure-to-text ratio following the rule "a picture tells more than thousand words". The content of the book is based on the lecture course "Molecular Medicine and Genetics" that is given by one of us (C. Carlberg) in different forms since 2002 at the University of Eastern Finland in Kuopio. Thematically, this book is located between our textbooks "Mechanisms of Gene Regulation" (ISBN 978-94-017-7741-4) and "Nutrigenomics" (ISBN 978-3-319-30415-1), studying of which may also be interesting to our readers. The book is sub-divided into three sections and 13 chapters. Following the Introduction (section A), section B will explain the molecular basis of epigenomics, while section C will provide examples for the impact of epigenomics in human health and disease. The lecture course is primarily designed for Master level students of biomedicine, but is also frequented by PhD students as well as by students of other bioscience disciplines. Besides its value as a textbook, Human Epigenomics will be a usefull reference for individuals working in biomedicine.

    Contents:
    What is epigenomics?
    Methods and applications of epigenomics
    The structure of chromatin
    DNA methylation
    The histone code
    Chromatin modifiers
    Chromatin remodelers and organizers
    Embryogenesis and cellular differentiation
    Population epigenomics and aging
    Cancer epigenomics
    Neuroepigenetics
    Epigenomics of immune function
    Nutritional epigenomics.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Tara N. Cohen, Eric J. Ley, Bruce L. Gewertz, editors.
    Summary: This book delivers a comprehensive review of human factors principles as they relate to surgical care inside and outside of the operating theatre. It provides multi-dimensional human-centered insights from the viewpoint of academic surgeons and experts in human factors engineering to improve workflow, treatment time, and outcomes. To guide the reader, the book begins broadly with Human Factors Principles for Surgery then narrows to a discussion of surgical specialties and scenarios. Each chapter follows the following structure: (1) An overview of the topic at hand to provide a reference for readers; (2) a case study or story to illustrate the topic; (3) a discussion of the topic including human factors insights; (4) lessons learned, or personal "pearls" related to improving the specific system described. Written by experts in the field, Human Factors in Surgery: Enhancing Safety and Flow in Patient Care describes elements of the surgical system and highlights the lessons learned from systems engineering. It serves as a valuable resource for surgeons at any level in their training that wish to improve their practice.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Foreword
    Acknowledgments
    About the Book
    Contents
    Editors and Contributors
    About the Editors
    Contributors
    Part I: Introduction
    1: Introduction to Human Factors in Surgery
    Part II: Human Factors
    2: Human Factors Principles of Surgery
    What Is Human Factors?
    A (Very) Brief History of Human Factors
    What Is a System?
    What Does This Mean for Surgery?
    The Person
    Teamwork/Communication
    Tasks
    Tools/Technologies
    Physical Environment
    Organizational Conditions
    Human Factors Methods
    Conclusion
    References 3: The Person: Individual- and Team-Level Factors Contributing to Safe and Successful Surgery
    Who is Involved in Surgery?
    Case Study
    Overview
    Methods for Measuring and Optimizing Individual- and Team-Level Constructs
    Individual-Level Constructs
    Team-Level Constructs
    Conclusion
    References
    4: Safe and Effective Use of Tools and Technology in the Operating Room
    Inroduction
    Case Study
    Methods
    Workflow Analysis
    Ethnography Analysis
    Future Technologies and Considerations
    References
    5: Work System Tasks: Blending Art and Science
    The Task Example of Task-Specific Surgical Workload
    Surgical Tasks
    Surgical Task Factors and Task Implications
    Human Factors Approach to the Task
    Task Analysis
    Workflow Analysis
    Workload Measurement
    Outcome Measures
    References
    6: Surgical Performance and the Working Environment
    Case Studies
    The Surgical Work Environment
    The Built Environment
    The Operating Room Layout
    Ancillary Space and the OR Suite
    Ventilation, Temperature, and Humidity
    Visual Environment
    Acoustic Environment
    Human Factors Approaches
    Summary
    References 7: Organizational Influences and Surgical System Safety
    What Role Does the Organization Play in Surgical Safety and Performance?
    Applying the Concepts in Real Life
    Organizational Influences
    Resource Allocation
    Operational Aspects
    Organizational Culture
    Tools and Techniques to Understand Organizational Influences
    Using the Human Factors Analysis and Classification System as a Framework to Understand Organizational Influences on Surgery
    The Categorization of Unsafe Acts
    The Just Culture
    Creating a Safe Error Reporting Environment Organizational Change and Persistence
    Responding to the Wrong-Side Surgery
    Conclusion
    References
    Part III: Broad Surgical Considerations
    8: Human Factors in Perioperative Care
    Introduction/Overview
    Preoperative Considerations/Human Factors
    Case
    Intraop Emergencies/Incidents
    Case
    Postoperative Care
    Case
    References
    9: Counting Backwards: Tracing the Effect of Human Factors in Anesthesiology
    What Is Anesthesiology
    Case Study
    How Can We Improve Anesthesiology Using Human Factor Principles?
    Physical Ergonomics
    Cognitive Support
    Communication
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Zev Rosenwaks, Paul M. Wassarman.
    Contents:
    General aspects of fertility and infertility / Mark A. Damario
    Genetics of male fertility / Yi-Nan Lin and Martin M. Matzuk
    Genetics of female infertility due to anomalies of the ovary and mullerian ducts / Joe Leigh Simpson
    Gene polymorphisms in female reproduction / Livio Casarini and Manuela Simoni
    Understanding the spermatozoon / Queenie V. Neri ... [et al.]
    Derivation of human embryonic stem cells (hESC) / Nikica Zaninovic, Qiansheng Zhan, and Zev Rosenwaks
    Endocrinology of the menstrual cycle / Robert L. Barbieri
    Assisted reproductive techniques / Jack Yu Jen Huang and Zev Rosenwaks
    Novel markers of male infertility / Michael Funaro and Darius A. Paduch
    Luteal phase support in ART treatments / Yuval Or, Edi Vaisbuch, and Zeev Shoham
    General principles of cryopreservation / Roger G. Gosden
    In vitro maturation of immature human oocytes for clinical application / Ri-Cheng Chian and Yun-Xia Cao
    GnRH antagonist-based protocols for in vitro fertilization / David Reichman and Zev Rosenwaks
    Ovarian stimulation for IVF : mild approaches / O. Hamdine, F. J. Broekmans, and B. C. J. M. Fauser
    IVF stimulation : protocols for poor responders / Owen K. Davis
    Oocyte retrieval and quality evaluation / Lucinda Veeck Gosden
    Sperm retrieval and quality evaluation / Peter J. Stahl, Peter N. Schlegel, and Marc Goldstein
    Treatment of male infertility / Gianpiero D. Palermo, Justin Kocent, Devin Monahan, Queenie V. Neri, and Zev Rosenwaks
    Techniques for slow cryopreservation of embryos / Lucinda Veeck Gosden
    Cryopreservation of eggs / Zsolt Peter Nagy ... [et al.]
    Ovarian tissue cryopreservation and transplantation : a realistic, effective technology for fertility preservation / Dror Meirow, Hila Raanani, and Hannah Biderman
    Detection of monogenic disorders and chromosome aberrations by preimplantation genetic diagnosis / Kangpu Xu and David Reichman
    Embryo culture and selection : morphological criteria / Aparna Hegde and Barry Behr
    Embryo selection using metabolomics / D. Sakkas
    Embryo transfer / Anate Aelion Brauer and Glenn Schattman
    Safety of intracytoplasmic sperm injection / Gianpiero D. Palermo, Queenie V. Neri, and Zev Rosenwaks
    Human germ cell differentiation from pluripotent embryonic stem cells and induced pluripotent stem cells / Jose V. Medrano, Carlos Simon, and Renee Reijo Pera.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Niranjan Bhattacharya, Phillip G. Stubblefield, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Introduction
    Part II. Structural and functional fetal development up to second trimester
    Part III. Gene and human fetal development up to second trimester
    Part IV. Impact of stem cell on growth and development of human fetus
    Part V. Fetal endocrine development up to second trimester
    Part VI. Fetal immune development: up to second trimester
    Part VII. Fetal hepatic development: up to second trimester
    Part VIII. Fetal cardiovascular development: up to second trimester
    Part IX. Fetal neurological development: up to second trimester and its implication in adult neurodegenerative diseases
    Part X. Fetal neuropsychiatric development: up to second trimester
    Part XI. Fetal nephrological development: up to second trimester
    Part XII. Fetal haematological development
    Part XIII. Pharmacological implication of fetal development: up to second trimester
    Part XIV. Surgical implications of fetal development: up to second trimester
    Part XV. Fetal growth and adult life implications
    Part XVI. Understanding fetal growth from the perspective of alternative medicine
    Part XVII. Miscellaneous
    Part XVIII. Ethics and human fetal tissue research.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Gail L. Carlson.
    Summary: "Written specifically for undergraduate students, Human Health and the Climate Crisis examines the direct and indirect human health impacts of climate change while uniquely exploring climate justice - the equitable protection of all people from climate impacts and the participation of all people in climate-related decision-making regardless of race/ethnicity, class, national origin, indigenous status and gender. This comprehensive text balances appropriate technical content with sufficient contextual information about public health, epidemiology, and climate modeling for students to be able to comprehend the scientific literature on health impacts"-- Provided by publisher.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Yasushi Kawaguchi, Yasuko Mori, Hiroshi Kimura.
    Summary: This book introduces and reviews several topics for each human herpesvirus. One of the most important features of the book is that it covers aspects of both basic research and clinical medicine. Herpesviridae, a family of double-strand DNA viruses, has unique biological features by which these viruses establish latency after primary infection and reactivate in later life. Nine human herpesviruses are known so far, and each of them causes a variety of diseases in both primary infection and reactivation. Since the discovery of each human herpesvirus, an abundance of findings related to them has accumulated in basic research and clinical medicine. However, the vast majority of biological features is still masked in mystery. Furthermore, a strategy of treatment and prevention has not yet been established for most human herpesviruses. A wide range of readers will be interested in this volume with its treatment of problematic points and latest findings in the field.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Part I. Alphaherpesviruses
    Chapter 1.The Role of Herpes Simplex Virus Glycoproteins in Mediating Cell Entry
    Chapter 2. Virus assembly and egress of HSV
    Chapter 3. Us3 protein kinase encoded by HSV: the precise function and mechanism on viral life cycle
    Chapter 4. Oncolytic virotherapy by HSV
    Chapter 5. Neurological disorders by human alphaherpesviruses
    Chapter 6. Antiviral drugs against alphaherpesvirus
    Chapter 7. Vaccine development for VZV
    Part II. Betaherpesviruses
    Chapter 8. Glycoproteins of HHV-6A and HHV-6B
    Chapter 9. Betaherpesvirus virion assembly and egress
    Chapter 10. Chromosomal Integration by Human Herpesviruses 6A and 6B
    Chapter 11. Structural aspects of betaherpesvirus-encoded proteins
    Chapter 12. Betaherpesvirus complications and management during stem cell transplantation
    Chapter 13. Vaccine development for Cytomegalovirus
    Part III. Gammaherpesviruses
    Chapter 14. KSHV genome replication and maintenance in latency
    Chapter 15. Signal transduction pathways associated with Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus-related tumors
    Chapter 16. Pathological features of Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus infection
    Chapter 17. EBV-encoded latent genes
    Chapter 18. Encyclopedia of EBV-encoded lytic genes: an update
    Chapter 19. Animal models of human gammaherpesvirus infections
    Chapter 20. Gastritis-infection-cancer sequence of Epstein Barr virus-associated gastric cancer
    Chapter 21. EBV in T/NK-cell tumorigenesis
    Chapter 22. Vaccine development for Epstein-Barr Virus.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Bertalan Dudás.
    Summary: Visually engaging and easy to use, Human Histology: A Text and Atlas for Physicians and Scientists covers the normal histology of every organ in the human body. This book presents full-page high-definition photomicrographs for organs and tissues, followed by a compact and simple-to-read description of the structures identified on the micrographs, offering a clear, visual understanding of this complex subject. With over 300 outstanding images, this reference is an invaluable resource for every clinical researcher and pathologist in need of easily accessible, relatively simple but detailed enough information on normal histology of different organs systems. Due to its compact, but detailed layout, the volume is an excellent tool for medical board review and can be recommended for medical students and histology course directors.

    Contents:
    Basic Tissues
    Lymphatic System
    Cardiovascular System
    Integumentary System
    Digestive System I: Upper Alimentary Tract
    Digestive System II: Lower Alimentary Tract
    Digestive System III: Liver and Pancreas
    Respiratory System
    Urinary System
    Male Reproductive System
    Female Reproductive System
    Endocrine System
    Nervous System
    Sensory Organs.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Gabriel I. Uwaifo, editor.
    Summary: The hypothalamus is an anatomically small but functionally important part of the brain. In functional and pathophysiological terms, the hypothalamus represents the intersection of several areas of clinical and medical expertise. The human hypothalamus can be astutely referred to as the crossroad of endocrinology, psychiatry, neurology and neurosurgery. Because of its involvement in myriad physiologic functions and the varied ways disorders involving it can manifest, hypothalamic disease can initially come to medical attention in widely disparate settings and with widely different clinicians. Therefore, the detection and proper care of hypothalamic dysfunction and disease often requires carefully coordinated multidisciplinary care. This volume fills a significant void in the medical professional community, comprehensively presenting the scope of hypothalamic structure, function, dysfunction and disease to cater to the various clinical, teaching and research professionals that have a stake in this part of the human brain. This text captures in one place all the information that practicing clinicians, clinician scientists, and researchers need to be adequately informed about various aspects of the hypothalamus in all its complexity. It is comprehensive and broad in scope so that it provides relevant reference information for the wide range of professionals involved in the pre- and post-mortem detection, diagnosis, characterization, care and management of various hypothalamic disorders and diseases in addition to providing a sound anatomic and physiologic foundation of the normal human hypothalamus. The Human Hypothalamus can be used to differing degrees by medical professionals and students alike, finding utility for interested general clinicians, medical school and allied health professional teaching faculty as well as subspecialists in domains as wide as neurosurgery, neuroendocrinology, clinical psychiatry and neuro-oncology.

    Contents:
    Part I: Structure and Function of the Hypothalamus
    Introduction to the Hypothalamus: Correlates from Animal Studies
    Anatomy and Topography of the Hypothalamus
    Neuroimaging of the Hypothalamus
    Neurophysiology of the Hypothalamus
    Neuroendocrinology of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis
    Part II: Pathobiology and Dysfunction of the Hypothalamus
    Neuropsychiatric, Neurologic, and Neurobehavioral Syndromes of the Hypothalamus
    Neurosurgical Aspects of Hypothalamic Disease
    Hormone Excess Syndromes of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis
    Hormone Deficiency Syndromes of the Hypothalamic-Pituitary-Adrenal Axis
    Hypothalamic Obesity and Wasting Syndromes
    Hypothalamic Sleep Disorders
    Genetic Syndromes of Hypothalamic Dysfunction
    Neuroendocrine Tumors of the Hypothalamus
    Non-endocrine Tumors of the Hypothalamus
    Non-neoplastic Mass Lesions of the Hypothalamus
    Rapid-onset Obesity with Hypothalamic Dysregulation, Hypoventilation, and Autonomic Dysregulation (ROHHAD) and ROHHAD Association Syndromes
    Infectious and Inflammatory Hypothalamic Diseases
    Traumatic and Degenerative Hypothalamic Diseases
    Iatrogenic Hypothalamic Diseases
    Idiopathic Diseases of the Hypothalamus.
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dick F. Swaab, Felix Kreier, Paul J. Lucassen, Ahmad Salehi, Ruud M. Buijs.
    Contents:
    1. Introduction: The anterior hypothalamus
    2. History of hypothalamic research: "The spring of primitive existence"
    3. Anatomy and cytoarchitectonics of the human hypothalamus
    4. Morphology and distribution of hypothalamic peptidergic systems
    5. MRI maps, segregation, and white matter connectivity of the human hypothalamus in health
    6. Magnetic resonance imaging of the hypothalamo-pituitary region
    7. Resting-state functional connectivity of the human hypothalamus
    8. Neurogenesis in the adult hypothalamus: A distinct form of structural plasticity involved in metabolic and circadian regulation, with potential relevance for human pathophysiology-- 9. Matching of the postmortem hypothalamus from patients and controls
    10. Spatial topography of the basal forebrain cholinergic projections: Organization and vulnerability to degeneration
    11. The diagonal band of Broca in health and disease
    12. Nucleus basalis of Meynert degeneration predicts cognitive impairment in Parkinson's disease
    13. Enlargement of early endosomes and traffic jam in basal forebrain cholinergic neurons in Alzheimer's disease
    14. Gene and cell therapy for the nucleus basalis of Meynert with NGF in Alzheimer's disease
    15. The circadian system: From clocks to physiology
    16. Development of the circadian system and relevance of periodic signals for neonatal development
    17. Disrupted circadian rhythms and mental health
    18. Diurnal and seasonal molecular rhythms in the human brain and their relation to Alzheimer disease
    19. Circadian changes in Alzheimer's disease: Neurobiology, clinical problems, and therapeutic opportunities
    20. The circadian system in Parkinson's disease, multiple system atrophy, and progressive supranuclear palsy
    21. Retina and melanopsin neurons
    22. Melatonin and the circadian system: Keys for health with a focus on sleep
    23. Melatonin receptors, brain functions, and therapies
    24. Chronotherapy
    25. The use of melatonin to mitigate the adverse metabolic side effects of antipsychotics 26. Chemoarchitecture of the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis: Neurophenotypic diversity and function
    27. Functional anatomy of the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis-hypothalamus neural circuitry: Implications for valence surveillance, addiction, feeding, and social behaviors
    28. Roles of the bed nucleus of the stria terminalis and amygdala in fear reactions
    29. The median preoptic nucleus: A major regulator of fluid, temperature, sleep, and cardiovascular homeostasis
    30. The neuroendocrinology of the preoptic area in menopause: Symptoms and therapeutic strategies
    31. The intermediate nucleus in humans: Cytoarchitecture, chemoarchitecture, and relation to sleep, sex, and Alzheimer disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dick F. Swaab, Felix Kreier, Paul J. Lucassen, Ahmad Salehi, Ruud M. Buijs.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dick F. Swaab, Ruud M. Buijs, Paul J. Lucassen, Ahmad Salehi, Felix Kreier.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Dick F. Swaab, Ruud M. Buijs, Felix Kreier, Paul J. Lucassen, Ahmad Salehi.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2021
  • Digital
    Vasu D. Appanna.
    Summary: "This book offers a unique perspective on the invisible organ, a body part that has been visualized only recently. It guides the readers into the world of the microbial constituents that make humans the way they are. The vitamins they produce, the smell they generate, the signals they create, and the molecular guards they elaborate are some of the benefits they bestow on humans. After introducing the notion as to why microbes are an integral component in the development of humans, the book examines the genesis of the microbiome and describes how the resident bacteria work in partnership with the skin, digestive tract, sexual organs, mouth and lungs to execute vital physiological functions. It then discusses the diseases that are triggered by the disruption of the harmonious relationships amongst these diverse systems and provides microbial cures to ailments such as obesity and digestive complications. Finally, the book focuses on the future when the workings of the human microbes will be fully unravelled. Societal changes in health education, the establishment of the microbiome bank, the fight against hunger, space travel, designer traits and enhanced security are explained. Each chapter is accompanied by captivating illustrations and ends with a visual summary. Dr. Appanna has been researching for over 30 years on various aspects of microbial and human cellular systems. He is a professor of biochemistry and has also served as Department Chair and Dean of the Faculty at Laurentian University, Sudbury, Canada. The book is aimed at readers enrolled in medical, chiropractic, nursing, pharmacy, and health science programs. Practicing health-care professionals and continuing education learners will also find the content beneficial."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sabu Thomas, editor.
    Summary: The human microbiome refers to the complete microorganisms inhabiting the human body sites including skin, ear, nose, oral cavity, the genital, gastrointestinal and respiratory tracts, and body fluids such as breast milk, saliva, and urine. It is a significant and essential organ recognized for the body and has an established involvement in the host wellbeing, in terms of nutritional requirements and immunomodulation. This book talks about how alteration and imbalance in the same can have clinical implications associated with a multitude of gastrointestinal, lifestyle-associated, and neurodegenerative disorders. How the proliferation of specific groups of bacteria and their metabolic activities, as a result of intestinal dysbiosis leads to the 'leaky gut' condition thereby influences brain activity via the bidirectional gut-brain axis. It also coves the importance of microbial seeding and how it can be influenced by the mode of delivery, nutrition, and medication. This book also provides various therapeutic interventions such as the establishment of stool banks and Faecal microbiota transplantation (FMT) that have recently proved promising in the treatment of ASD, Inflammatory Bowel Disease, and Ulcerative Colitis. This book provides a deeper understanding of the development of the human gut microbiome and the factors driving its dysbiosis. This book is a valuable read for health professionals, medical students, nutritionists, and scientific research communities who are eager to update themselves with recent trends in microbiome research. It will also aid gastroenterologists and nutritionists to make well-informed choices regarding therapeutic regimes.

    Contents:
    1 Human Microbiome: Implication of Age and External factors
    2 Oral Microbiome: An Opening to Healthy Possibilities
    3 Emerging role of gut microbiota in functional gastrointestinal disorders
    4 The Human Gut Microbiota and Gastrointestinal Cancer: Current Status and Therapeutic Perspectives
    5 Genetic and Epigenetic Regulation by Gut Microbe-Modulated Metabolites in Chronic Metabolic Diseases
    6 Gut Microbiota Related Clinical Events and Therapeutic Interventions in Alcohol Associated Liver Disease
    7 Microbiota
    Gut
    Brain Axis in Neurological Disorders
    8 Modern Perspectives in Controlling Human Diseases through Probiotic Intervention
    9 Microbiome Association of Polypharmacy in Geriatric Population
    10 Virome: Sentinels or marauders in the microbiome
    11 Unlocking the Mysteries of the Human Microbiome to Combat COVID-19.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    edited by Brian Henderson and Luigi Nibali.
    Contents:
    An introduction to the human tissue microbiome. The human microbiota / Michael Wilson
    An introduction to microbial dysbiosis / Mike Curtis
    The gut microbiota / Herve M Blottiere, Joel Dore
    The oral microbiota / William G Wade
    The skin microbiota / Patrick LJM Zeeuwen, Joost Schalkwijk
    Metagenomic analysis of the human microbiome / Luis G Bermudez-Humaran
    Microbiota-microbiota and microbiota-host interactions in health and disease. Systems biology of bacteria-host interactions / Almut Heinken, Dmitry A Ravcheev, Ines Thiele
    Bacterial biofilm formation and immune evasion mechanisms / Jessica Snowden
    Co-evolution of microbes and immunity and its consequences for modern day life / Markus B Geuking
    How viruses and bacteria have shaped the human genome / Frank Ryan
    The microbiota as an epigenetic control mechanism / Boris A Shenderov
    The emerging role of propionibacteria in human health and disease / Holger Bruggemann
    Dysbioses and bacterial diseases. The periodontal diseases / Luigi Nibali
    The polymicrobial synergy and dysbiosis model of periodontal disease pathogenesis / George Hajishengallis, Richard J Lamont
    New paradigm in the relationship between periodontal disease and systemic diseases / Kazuhisa Yamazaki
    The vaginal microbiota in health and disease / S Tariq Sadiq, Phillip Hay
    Dysbioses and chronic diseases. Reactive arthritis / John D Carter
    Rheumatoid arthritis / Jacqueline Detert
    Inflammatory bowel disease and the gut microbiota / Nik Ding, Ailsa Hart
    Ankylosing spondylitis, Klebsiella and the low-starch diet / Alan Ebringer, Taha Rashid, Clyde Wilson
    Microbiome of chronic plaque psoriasis / Lionel Fry
    Liver disease / Katharina Brandl, Bernd Schnabl
    The gut microbiota / Frida Fak
    The microbiota and susceptibility to asthma / Olawale Salami, Benjamin J Marsland
    Microbiome and cancer / Ralph Francescone, Debora B Vendramini-Costa
    Colorectal cancer and the microbiota / Iradj Sobhani, Severine Couffin
    The gut microbiota and the CNS / Aadil Bharwani, Paul Forsythe
    Genetic dysbiosis / Luigi Nibali
    Mirroring the future. Diet and dysbiosis / Mehrbod Estaki, Candice Quin, Deanna L Gibson
    Probiotics and prebiotics / Marie Jose Butel, Anne-Judith Waligora Dupriet
    The microbiota as target for therapeutic intervention in pediatric intestinal diseases / Andrea Lo Vecchio, Alfredo Guarino
    Microbial therapy for cystic fibrosis / Eugenia Bruzzese, Vittoria Buccigrossi, Giusy Ranucci, Alfredo Guarino.
    Digital Access Wiley 2016
  • Digital
    editors, Sharon M. Donovan, J. Bruce German, Bo Lönnerdal, Alan Lucas.
    Contents:
    Scientific evidence for breastfeeding / Lucas, A.
    The biomechanics of breastfeeding : bridging the gap between engineering-based studies and clinical practice / Woolridge, M.
    Summary of session 1 / Lucas, A.
    Physiological effects of feeding infants and young children formula supplemented with milk fat globule membranes / Hernell, O.; Domellöf, M.; Grip, T.; Lönnerdal, B.; Timby, N.
    Human milk oligosaccharides : factors affecting their composition and their physiological significance / Sprenger, N.; Binia, A.; Austin, S.
    Fatty acids and fat-soluble vitamins in breast milk : physiological significance and factors affecting their concentrations / Morrow, A.L.; Dawodu, A.
    Water-soluble vitamins in human milk : factors affecting their concentration and their physiological significance / Allen, L.H.; Hampel D.
    Human milk micrornas/exosomes : composition and biological effects / Lönnerdal, B.
    Human milk proteins : composition and physiological significance / Donovan, S.M.
    Summary of session 2 / Lönnerdal, B.
    Early-life nutrition, growth trajectories, and long-term outcome / Haschke, F.; Binder, C.; Huber-Dangl, M.; Haiden, N.
    Early-life nutrition and cognitive development : imaging approaches / Lin, W.; Baluyot, K.R.; Yao, M.; Yan, J.; Wang, L.; Li, G.; Howell, B.; Elison, J.T.; Shen, D.
    Early-life nutrition and gut immune development / van den Elsen, L.; Rekima, A.; Verhasselt, V.
    Early-life nutrition and microbiome development / Isolauri, E.; Rautava, S.; Salminen, S.; Collado, M.C.
    Human milk and clinical outcomes in preterm infants / Meier, P.P.
    Summary of session 3 / Donovan, S.M.
    Metabolomics in human milk research / Slupsky, C.M.
    Human milk oligosaccharides : next-generation functions and questions / Bode, L.
    Guiding development of the neonate : lessons from mammalia / Nicholas, K.R.; Modepalli V.; Watt, A.P.; Hinds, L.A.; Kumar, A.; Lefevre, C.; Sharp, J.A.
    Milk lipids : a complex nutrient delivery system / German, J.B.; Argov-Argaman, N.; Boyd, B.
    Summary of session 4 / German, J.B.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Digital
    Tom Strachan, Andrew Read.
    Summary: Human Molecular Genetics has been carefully crafted over successive editions to provide an authoritative introduction to the molecular aspects of human genetics, genomics and cell biology. Maintaining the features that have made previous editions so popular, this fifth edition has been completely updated in line with the latest developments in the field. Older technologies such as cloning and hybridization have been merged and summarized, coverage of newer DNA sequencing technologies has been expanded, and powerful new gene editing and single-cell genomics technologies have been added. The coverage of GWAS, functional genomics, stem cells, and disease modeling has been expanded. Greater focus is given to inheritance and variation in the context of populations and on the role of epigenetics in gene regulation. Key features: Fully integrated approach to the molecular aspects of human genetics, genomics, and cell biology Accessible text is supported and enhanced throughout by superb artwork illustrating the key concepts and mechanisms Summary boxes at the end of each chapter provide clear learning points Annotated further reading helps readers navigate the wealth of additional information in this complex subject and provides direction for further study Reorganized into five sections for improved access to related topics Also new to this edition - brand new chapter on evolution and anthropology from the authors of the highly acclaimed Human Evolutionary Genetics A proven and popular textbook for upper-level undergraduates and graduate students, the new edition of Human Molecular Genetics remains the 'go-to' book for those studying human molecular genetics or genomics courses around the world.

    Contents:

    Part 1: Basics of DNA, Chromosomes, Cells, Development, and Inheritance1. Basic Principles of Nucleic Acid Structure and Gene Expression. 2. Fundamentals of Cells and Chromosomes. 3. Fundamentals of Cell-Cell Interactions and Immune System Biology. 4. Aspects of Early Mammalian Development, Cell Differentiation, and Stem Cells. 5. Patterns of Inheritance.
    Part 2: Understanding Genomes6. Core DNA Technologies: Amplifying DNA, Nucleic Acid Hybirdization, and DNA Sequencing. 7. Analyzing the Structure and Expression of Genes and Genomes. 8. Principles of Genetic Manipulation of Mammalian Cells. 9. Uncovering the Architecture and Workings of the Human Genome. 10. Gene Regulation and the Epigenome.
    Part 3: Genetic Variation Between Individuals and Species11. An Overview of Human Genetic Variation. 12. Human Population Genetics. 13. Comparative Genomics and Genome Evolution. 14. Human Evolution.
    Part 4: Human Genetic Disease15. Chromosomal Abnormalities and Structural Variants. 16. Molecular Pathology: Connecting Phenotypes to Genotypes. 17. Mapping and Identifying Genes for Monogenic Disorders. 18. Complex Disease: Identifying Susceptibility Factors and Understanding Pathogenesis. 19. Cancer Genetics and Genomics.
    Part 5: Applied Human Molecular Genetics 20. Genetic Testing in Healthcare and the Law. 21. Model Organisms and Modeling Disease. 22. Genetic Approaches to Treating Disease.
    Limited to 3 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Steinitz.
    Contents:
    Human monoclonal antibodies : the residual challenge of antibody immunogenicity / Herman Waldmann
    Technical and ethical limitations in making human monoclonal antibodies (an overview) / Mark C. Glassy and Rishab Gupta
    Therapeutic human monoclonal antibodies in inflammatory diseases / Sotirios Kotsovilis and Evangelos Andreakos
    Therapeutic human monoclonal antibodies against cancer / Jamie Jarboe, Anumeha Gupta, and Wasif Saif
    Polyclonal and monoclonal antibodies in clinic / Bharath Wootla, Aleksandar Denic, and Moses Rodriguez
    Production of human monoclonal Antibodies by the Epstein-Barr virus method / Michael Steinitz
    Humanization and simultaneous optimization of monoclonal antibody / T. Kuramochi, T. Igawa, H. Tsunoda, and K. Hattori
    Chimeric Antibodies / Kohei Kurosawa, Waka Lin, and Kunihiro Ohta
    Recombinant genetic libraries and human monoclonal antibodies / Jarrett J. Adams, Bryce Nelson, and Sachdev S. Sidhu
    Production of stabilized scFv antibody fragments in the E. coli bacterial cytoplasm / Lilach Vaks and Itai Benhar
    Construction and production of an IgG-like tetravalent bispecific antibody, IgG-single-chain Fv fusion / Dan Lu and Zhenping Zhu
    Construction of human antibody gene libraries and selection of antibodies by phage display / André Frenzel [and others]
    Antigen-specific human monoclonal antibodies from transgenic mice / Susana Magadán Mompó and África González-Fernández
    Phage display technology for human monoclonal antibodies / Cecilia Deantonio [and others]
    Antigen-specific in vitro immunization : a source for human monoclonal antibodies / Kosuke Tomimatsu and Sanetaka Shirahata
    Methods for radiolabelling of monoclonal antibodies / Vladimir Tolmachev, Anna Orlova, and Karl Andersson
    Purification of human monoclonal antibodies and their fragments / Thomas Müller-Späth and Massimo Morbidelli
    Idiotype-specific intravenous immunoglobulin (IVIG) for therapy of autoimmune diseases / Miri Blank, Tomer Bashi, and Yehuda Shoenfeld.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Print
    Print
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    Call number varies. Search for Human Nutrition to find individual volumes of this title.
  • Digital
    Enzo Grossi, Fabio Pace, editors ; foreword by Reinhold Stockbrugger.
    Contents:
    1. Advances in the comprehension of the diet as a magic bullet to prevent cancer of the gastrointestinal system
    2. How a gastroenterologist interprets the mediterranean diet
    3. The gut microbiota and obesity in humnas
    4. Gut-brain axis: a new revolution to understand the pathogenesis of autism and other severe neurological diseases
    5. Does diet still retain a value in gastrointestinal pathology?
    6. Diet as therapy for IBD?
    7. Diverticular diseases and western diet: another metropolitan legend?
    8. How much fat does one need to eat to get a fatty liver? a dietary view of NAFLD
    9. Tasters, supertasters, genes and environment: how dietary choices influence our health
    10. From food map to FODMAP in irritable bowel syndrome
    11. The role of diet in counteracting gastroparesis
    12. How the precious role of wine in mediterranean diet is mediated by the gastrointestinal tract
    13. Why overweight/obesity leads to GERD.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    volume editors, Marigdalia K. Ramírez-Fort, Farhan Khan, Peter L. Rady, Stephen K. Tyring.
    Summary: "Human papillomavirus (HPV) infection transcends multiple fields of science and medicine. The management of HPV-related disease is demanding and often requires a persistent multimodal approach involving various medical disciplines. In this volume, experts present a comprehensive view of HPV research with an emphasis on clinical presentations, diagnosis, management and vaccine development. The state of the art in molecular biology is provided in addition to discussions on clinical morphology and the utility of dermatoscopy in identifying HPV disease. In a multidisciplinary approach to dermatological, plastic and reconstructive, gynecological, otolaryngological and colorectal management, different treatment strategies are highlighted"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Human papillomavirus genomics : past, present and future / Harari, A., Chen, Z., Burk, R.D.
    The biology of human papillomaviruses / Nguyen, H.P., Ramirez-Fort, M.K., Rady, P.L.
    Viral oncogenesis / Doan, H.Q., Ramirez-Fort, M.K., Rady, P.L.
    Pathogenesis of infection by human papillomavirus / Brendle, S.A., Bywaters, S.M., Christensen, N.D.
    Host responses to infection with human papillomavirus / Stanley, M.A.; Sterling, J.C.
    Cutaneous human papillomavirus infection : manifestations and diagnosis / Tschandl, P., Rosendahl, C., Kittler, H.
    Epidermodysplasia verruciformis / Burger, B., Itin, P.H.
    Human papillomavirus infections of the oral mucosa and upper respiratory tract / Nguyen, H.P., McNiece, K.L., Duong, A.A., Khan, F.
    Human papillomavirus and immunosuppression / Wieland, U., Kreuter, A., Pfister, H.
    Laboratory diagnosis of human papillomavirus infection / Ikenberg, H.
    Management of cutaneous human papillomavirus infection: pharmacotherapies / Ramirez-Fort, M.K.; Au, S.-C., Javed, S.A., Loo, D.S.
    Management of cutaneous human papillomavirus infection : surgery / Ramirez-Fort, M.K., Sam, H., Manders, E.K.
    Management of cutaneous human papillomavirus infection in immunocompromised patients / Varada, S., Posnick, M., Alessa, D., Ramirez-Fort, M.K.
    Management of human papillomavirus-related gynecological malignancies / Heinzelmann-Schwarz, V.A., Kind, A.B., Jacob, F.
    Management of human papillomavirus-related anal and colon cancer / Yen Moore, A., Tong, L.X., Moore, T.
    Management of human papillomavirus-related head and neck cancer / Coughlin, A.M., Qiu, S., Underbrink, M.P.
    Vaccines and immunization against human papillomavirus / Christensen, N.D., Budgeon, L.R.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Print
    MacInnis, A. J.; Ruitenberg, E. Joost.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC119 .H918
    3
  • Digital
    Burton J. Bogitsh, Clint E. Carter, Thomas N. Oeltmann.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2019
  • Digital
    Toshitaka Oohashi, Hirokazu Tsukahara, Francesco Ramirez, Chad L. Barber, Fumio Otsuka, editors.
    Summary: This textbook uses a case-study approach to present the core principles of biochemistry and molecular biology in the context of human disease to students who will be involved in patient care. The 29 clinical cases have been carefully selected to cover key scientific concepts and some common, and other not so common, diseases. While the principal focus is on topics relating to metabolic disease, further subjects such as connective tissue disorders, neurological disorders, auto-inflammatory disorders, infective diseases, and cancer are also addressed. Each chapter provides a specific patient report that includes the natural history, pertinent clinical laboratory data, physical findings, subsequent diagnosis, and therapy. This is followed by a comprehensive discussion of the normal biochemical processes and reactions pertaining to the case, along with the pathophysiological mechanisms of the disease. Graphical diagrams are provided in each chapter for ease of comprehension.

    Contents:
    Part 1 Metabolic Disorders. Citrin deficiency"
    Homocystinuria No Acquaintance
    Phenylketonuria
    Urea cycle disorders (such as defects of OTCD)"
    Wilson disease
    Diabetes Mellitus type I
    Lipid storage disorder, namely Niemann-Pick C1 disease
    Gaucher disease
    Fabry disease
    Mitochondrial disease (such as defects of MELAS)
    Heme oxygenase deficiency
    Collagen metabolism (such as OI)
    Organic acid metabolism disorders
    Part 2 Genetic Disorders. Glucose 6-Phosphate Dehydrogenase Deficiency
    Familial Hypercholesterolemia
    Fukuyama muscular dystrophy
    Hemoglobin
    Huntington disease
    Anti-coagulant deficiency
    Auto-inflammatory disorders
    Cancer
    Marfan syndrome
    Human immunodeficiency virus infection
    Hepatitis virus C
    Cytomegalovirus infection (especially congenital infection)
    Addiction.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    edited by Jason R. Spence.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Human Pluripotent Stem Cell Derived Organoid Models
    Copyright
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Generation of esophageal organoids and organotypic raft cultures from human pluripotent stem cells
    1. Introduction
    2. Significance and applications
    3. Morphological and transcriptional analysis of developing esophageal cultures
    4. Overview of differentiation protocol
    5. Step-by-step protocol
    5.1. Coating plates for stem cell culture maintenance and directed differentiation
    5.1.1. Materials and reagents
    5.1.2. Protocol 5.2. Differentiation of stem cells into esophageal organoids
    5.2.1. Materials, reagents and equipment
    5.2.2. Solutions preparation
    5.2.3. Protocol (Fig. 2A)
    5.2.3.1. hPSC dissociation and plating in 24-well plate (day-1)
    5.2.3.2. Differentiation protocol
    5.2.3.3. Embedding foregut spheroids in Matrigel
    5.2.3.4. Reduction of HEOs density
    5.3. Esophageal raft culture protocol
    5.3.1. Materials and reagents
    5.3.2. Coating 100mm plates with collagen IV
    5.3.3. Dissociation of HEOs and culturing in keratinocyte media 5.3.4. Preparing collagen-Mouse fibroblasts gels for raft cultures
    5.3.5. Transferring cells from keratinocyte media to raft cultures
    5.4. Immunofluorescence analysis of HEOs and organotypic raft cultures (Fig. 4)
    5.4.1. Materials and reagents
    5.4.2. Tissue fixation, preparation and cryosection
    5.4.3. Immunofluorescent protocol
    6. Future directions
    7. Summary
    Acknowledgments
    References
    Chapter 2: Generation and use of gastric organoids for the study of Helicobacter pylori pathogenesis
    1. Introduction
    2. Significance and applications of gastric organoids 3. Overview of the protocol
    4. Step-by-step protocol
    4.1. Generation of human-derived gastric organoids from normal and tumor tissues
    4.1.1. Materials and reagents
    4.1.2. Procedure: Generation of human-derived normal gastric organoids
    4.1.3. Procedure: Generation of human-derived tumor gastric organoids
    4.2. Generation of human-PBMC derived immune cells
    4.2.1. Materials and reagents
    4.2.2. Procedure: Isolation of PBMCs from whole blood using Ficoll-Paque density gradient medium
    4.2.3. Procedure: Isolation of PBMCs from whole blood using Lymphoprep 4.2.4. Procedure: Freezing of PBMCs
    4.2.5. Procedure: Culture of dendritic cells (DCs)
    4.2.6. Procedure: Culture of cytotoxic T lymphocytes (CTLs)
    4.2.7. Procedure: Culture of myeloid-derived suppressor cells (MDSCs)
    4.3. Organoid/immune cell co-culture
    4.3.1. Procedure: DCs and CTL co-culture
    4.3.2. Procedure: Organoid-immune cell co-culture
    4.4. Orthotopic transplantation
    4.4.1. Materials and reagents
    4.4.2. Procedure: Orthotopic transplantation of human-derived gastric organoids
    5. Precursor techniques
    6. Safety considerations and standards
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2020
  • Digital
    Uma Lakshmipathy, Chad C. MacArthur, Mahalakshmi Sridharan, Rene H. Quintanilla.
    Digital Access Wiley 2018
  • Digital
    Kirk E. Lohmueller, Rasmus Nielsen, editors.
    Springer Nature eBook.
    Summary: This textbook provides a concise introduction and useful overview of the field of human population genomics, making the highly technical and contemporary aspects more accessible to students and researchers from various fields. Over the past decade, there has been a deluge of genetic variation data from the entire genome of individuals from many populations. These data have allowed an unprecedented look at human history and how natural selection has impacted humans during this journey. Simultaneously, there have been increased efforts to determine how genetic variation affects complex traits in humans. Due to technological and methodological advances, progress has been made at determining the architecture of complex traits. Split in three parts, the book starts with the basics, followed by more advanced and current research. The first part provides an introduction to essential concepts in population genetics, which are relevant for any organism. The second part covers the genetics of complex traits in humans. The third part focuses on applying these techniques and concepts to genetic variation data to learn about demographic history and natural selection in humans. This new textbook aims to serve as a gateway to modern human population genetics research for those new to the field. It provides an indispensable resource for students, researchers and practitioners from disparate areas of expertise.

    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Part I Population Genetic Theory
    1 Coalescent Models
    1.1 Aims and Clarifications
    1.2 Introduction: Gene Genealogies Within a Population or Species
    1.2.1 Organismal Pedigrees and Gene Genealogies
    1.3 The Standard Neutral Model: The Kingman Coalescent
    1.3.1 The Sampling Structure of Coalescent Gene Genealogies
    1.3.2 Including Mutations in the Coalescent
    1.4 Fundamental Predictions for Single Loci in Well-Mixed Populations
    1.4.1 The Size and Shape of a Gene Genealogy
    1.4.2 Levels and Patterns of Genetic Variation 1.4.3 Tests of the Standard Neutral Coalescent Based on Site Frequencies
    1.5 Extensions of the Standard Model
    1.5.1 Fluctuations in Population Size over Time
    1.5.2 Population Subdivision and Migration
    1.6 Conclusion: Current Challenges of Big Data
    References
    2 Linkage Disequilibrium
    2.1 Introduction
    2.2 Tests of whether D == 0
    2.3 More than Two Alleles per Locus
    2.4 More than Two Loci: Haplotype Blocks and the HapMap Project
    2.5 Dynamics of D
    2.6 Genetic Drift and LD
    2.7 Genealogical Interpretation of LD
    2.8 Natural Selection and LD 2.9 Genetic Hitchhiking
    2.10 Population Subdivision
    2.11 Conclusion
    References
    3 Analysis of Population Structure
    3.1 What Is Population Structure?
    3.2 Individual-Based and Unsupervised Methods for Inferring Population Structure
    3.2.1 Tree Construction Methods at the Individual Level
    3.2.2 Principal Component Analysis and Related Approaches
    3.2.3 Ancestry Component Estimation with Few Model Assumptions
    3.3 Population-Based and Supervised Methods
    3.3.1 Genetic Differentiation at the Population Level
    3.3.1.1 FST
    3.3.1.2 Other Measures of Genetic Distance 3.3.2 Formal Tests for Admixture Under a Population Tree-Model
    3.3.3 More Advanced Modeling
    3.3.3.1 Population Graph Fitting
    3.3.3.2 Isolation-Migration Models
    3.3.3.3 Approximate Bayesian Computation
    3.4 Summary and Guidelines
    References
    4 Types of Natural Selection and Tests of Selection
    4.1 Types of Selection and Their Effect on Linked Neutral Sites
    4.1.1 Types of Selection
    4.1.2 The Effect of Selection on Linked Neutral Sites
    4.2 Tests of Selection
    4.2.1 Tests of Selection Based on the Site Frequency Spectrum
    4.2.1.1 Tajima's D
    4.2.1.2 Fay and Wu's H 4.2.1.3 Likelihood Ratio Tests
    4.2.2 Tests of Selection Based on Haplotypes
    4.2.2.1 Extended Haplotype Homozygosity (EHH)
    4.2.2.2 Integrated Haplotype Score (iHS)
    4.2.2.3 Cross-Population EHH (XP-EHH)
    4.2.3 Tests Based on both Diversity and Divergence:The McDonald-Kreitman Test
    4.3 How to Choose a Specific Test of Selection?
    References
    Part II Association Studies and Medical Genetics
    5 Methods for Association Studies
    5.1 Introduction
    5.2 Types of Association Studies
    5.2.1 Candidate Gene Studies
    5.2.2 Genome-Wide Association Studies
    5.2.2.1 Background
    Digital Access Springer 2021
  • Digital
    edited by Maurizio Pocchiari, Jean Manson.
    Summary: Human Prion Diseases, Volume 153 is designed to update the reader on the latest advances and clinical aspects of prion diseases. The book is organized into five sections, including the pathophysiology of prions and a description of animal and human diseases. This is followed by detailed reports on recent advances in diagnosis strategies for the development of novel anti-prion molecules and possible designs of clinical trials in such a rare disease. An introductory chapter gives an extensive historical background of prion research, with a final chapter highlighting recent progress, and more importantly, unsolved problems"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Historical view
    Section I: Pathophysiology of prions. The cellular and pathological prion protein
    Cell biology of prion infection
    Experimental models of human prion diseases and prion strains
    The role of the immune system in prion infection
    Section II: Animal prion diseases (clinical, epidemiology, neuropathological, biochemical, biomarker, and genotypes). Typical and atypical scrapie
    Typical and atypical BSE
    Chronic Wasting Disease
    Section III: Human prion diseases (clinical, epidemiology, neuropathological, biochemical, biomarker, and genotypes). Sporadic Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
    Variably protease-sensitive prionopathy
    Variant Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
    Iatrogenic Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
    Genetic Creutzfeldt-Jakob Disease
    Gerstmann-Sträussler-Scheinker disease
    Sporadic and fatal Familial Insomnia
    Section IV: Prion-like mechanisms in other neurodegenerative diseases. Prion-like mechanisms in Alzheimer
    Prion-like mechanisms in Parkinson
    Prion-like mechanisms in ALS
    Section V: Diagnosis and treatment. Prion protein amplification techniques
    Differential diagnosis with other rapid progressive dementias
    Symptomatic treatment, care and support of CJD patients
    Identifying therapeutic targets and treatment in model systems
    Vaccination strategies
    Clinical trials
    Section VI: Public health issues. Animal diseases and the zoonotic potential
    Safety of blood, blood derivatives and plasma-derived products
    Safety in clinical practice
    Concluding thoughts.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Print
    edited by I. Hindmarch and P.D. Stonier.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RM315 .H85
    2
  • Digital
    edited by Heide Schatten.
    Contents:
    Sperm Selection Techniques and their Relevance to ART / Luke Simon, Monis B Shamsi, Douglas T Carrell
    In Vitro Maturation of Human Oocytes: Current Practices and Future Promises / Catherine MH Combelles
    Molecular Biology of Endometriosis / Jayasree Sengupta, G Anupa, Muzaffer Ahmed Bhat, Debabrata Ghosh
    Novel Immunological Aspects for the Treatment of Age-induced Ovarian and Testicular Infertility, Other Functional Diseases, and Early and Advanced Cancer Immunotherapy / Antonin Bukovsky
    Mitochondrial Manipulation for Infertility Treatment and Disease Prevention / Tetsuya Ishii
    Novel Imaging Techniques to Assess Gametes and Preimplantation Embryos / Jason E Swain
    Clinical Application of Methods to Select In Vitro Fertilized Embryos / Kirstine Kirkegaard, Thomas F Dyrlund, Hans Jakob Ingerslev
    New Horizons/Developments in Time-Lapse Morphokinetic Analysis of Mammalian Embryos / Serdaroğullari Munevver, Necati Findikli, Mustafa Bahceci
    The Non-Human Primate Model for Early Human Development / Stuart Meyers, Renee Riejo-Pera
    Cytoskeletal Functions, Defects, and Dysfunctions Affecting Human Fertilization and Embryo Development / Heide Schatten, Qing-Yuan Sun.
    Digital Access Wiley 2017
  • Digital
    Gael Cristofari, editor.
    Contents:
    Retrotransposons and the Mammalian Germline
    L1 regulation in Mouse and Human Germ Cells
    Retrotransposon Contribution to Genomic Plasticity
    The Mobilization of Processed Transcripts in Germline and Somatic Tissues
    Neuronal Genome Plasticity: Retrotransposons, Environment and Disease
    Activity of Retrotransposons in Stem Cells and Differentiated Cells
    Environment, Cellular Signaling and L1 activity
    Retrotransposon-derived Regulatory Regions and Transcripts in Stemness
    Roles of Endogenous Retrovirus-encoded Syncytins in Human Placentation
    Alu-Alu Recombinations in Genetic Diseases
    Retrotransposon-driven Transcription and Cancer
    LINE-1 retrotransposons as Neoplastic Biomarkers
    Contribution of Retrotransposable Elements to Aging.
    Limited to 1 simultaneous users
  • Digital
    edited by Elisa Vicenzi and Guido Poli.
    Contents:
    Virion attachment and entry : HIV gp120 env biotinylation, gp120 env, or integrin ligand-binding assay / Claudia Cicala and James Arthos
    CryoEM analysis of capsid assembly and structural changes upon interactions with a host restriction factor, TRIM5[alpha] / Gongpu Zhao and Peijun Zhang
    The fate of HIV-1 capsid : a biochemical assay for HIV-1 uncoating / Yang Yang, Jeremy Luban, and Felipe Diaz-Griffero
    The cyclosporin A washout assay to detect HIV-1 uncoating in infected cells / Amy E. Hulme and Thomas J. Hope
    Imaging HIV-1 nuclear pre-integration complexes / Anna Cereseto and Mauro Giacca
    HIV-1 reverse transcription / Andrea Cimarelli and Jean-Luc Darlix
    RNase H : specificity mechanisms of action, and antiviral target / Karin Moelling, Felix Broecker, and John E. Kerrigan
    HIV-1 chromatin, transcription, and the regulatory protein Tat / Laurence Colin, Eric Verdin, and Carine Van Lint
    HIV-1 Rev function and RNA nuclear-cytoplasmic export / Alan Cochrane
    HIV-1 accessory proteins : Nef / Anke Heigele [and three others]
    HIV-1 accessory proteins : VpR / Richard Y. Zho and Michael I. Bukrinsky
    HIV-1 accessory proteins : Vpu and Vif / Amy Andrew and Klaus Strebel
    SIVSM/HIV-2 Vpx proteins : function and uses in the infection of primary myeloid cells / Gregory Berger and Andrea Cimarelli
    Imaging of HIV assembly and release / Barbara Müller and Jacomine Krijnse-Locker
    HIV-1 isolation from infected peripheral blood mononuclear cells / Stefania Dispinseri [and four others]
    Determination of HIV-1 co-receptor usage / Mariangela Cavarelli and Gabriella Scarlatti
    The macrophage and HIV : basic concepts and methodologies / Suzanne Gartner
    HIV infection of dendritic cells / Najla Nasr [and three others]
    Histocultures (tissue explants) in human retrovirology / Anush Arakelyan [and four others]
    Single-copy quantification of HIV-1 in clinical samples / Ann Wiegand and Frank Maldarelli
    Quantification of total HIV1-DNA in peripheral blood mononuclear cells / Christine Rouzioux, Adeline Mélard, and Véronique Avéttand-Fénoël
    HIV-1 based lentiviral vectors / Ying Poi Liu and Ben Berkhout
    Quantification of miRNA by poly(A)-RT-qPCR arrays and verification of target sites in HIV-1 using a one-LTR infectious molecular clone / Zachary A. Klase, Laurent Houzet, and Kuan-Teh Jeang
    Investigating human T cell lymphotropic retrovirus (HTLV) Tax function with molecular and immunophenotypic techniques / Greta Forlani, Roberto S. Accolla, and Giovanna Tosi
    Proviral load determination of HTLV-1 and HTLV-2 in patients' peripheral blood mononuclear cells by real-time PCR / Claudio Casoli, Elisabetta Pilotti, and Umberto Bertazzoni
    Quantitative analysis of human T-lymphotropic virus type 1 (HTLV-1) gene expression using nucleo-cytoplasmic fractionation and splice junction-specific real-time RT-PCR (qRT-PCR) / Ilaria Cavallari, Francesca Rende, and Vincenzo Ciminale.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    edited by Jon Leefmann, Elisabeth Hildt.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    I. Prospects and limitations of neuroscience research in the humanities and social sciences. Neurophilosophy or philosophy of neuroscience? : what neuroscience and philosophy can and cannot do for each other / Michael Jungert
    Philosophical puzzles evade empirical evidence : some thoughts and clarifications regarding the relation between brain sciences and philosophy of mind / Işik Sarihan
    "Who's afraid of the big bad neuroscience?" : neuroscience's impact on our notions of self and free will / Rui Vieira da Cunha and João Bettencourt Relvas
    Free will--between philosophy and neuroscience / Anna Drozdzewska
    Histories of the brain : toward a critical interaction of the humanities and neurosciences / Mattia Della Rocca
    II. The neurosciences of social sciences and ethics. The theory of brain-sign : a new model of brain operation / Philip Clapson
    On the redundancies of "social agency" / Alexandros Tillas
    Two kinds of reverse inference in Cognitive neuroscience / Guillermo del Pinal and Marco J. Nathan
    The neuroscience of ethics beyond the is-ought orthodoxy : the example of the dual process theory of moral judgment / Nadia El Eter
    III. The neurosciences in society : social, cultural, and ethical implications of the neuro-turn. Effects of the neuro-turn : the neural network as a paradigm for human self-understanding / Yvonne Förster
    Brain, art, salvation : on the traditional character of the neuro-hype / Gerd Grübler
    "A mind plague on both your houses" : imagining the impact of the neuro-turn on the neurosciences / Melissa M. Littlefield
    Being a good external frontal lobe : parenting teenage brains / Ties van de Werff
    Toward neuroscience literacy? : theoretical and practical considerations / Alexander Bergmann, Anne Biehl and Jörg Zabel
    "Strangers" in neuroscientific research / Berit Bringedal, Markus Christen, Nikola Biller-Andorno, Hironori Matsuzaki and Alberto Rábano
    At the push of a button, narrative strategies and the image of deep brain stimulation / Oonagh Hayes.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    Sheldon Rubenfeld, Susan Benedict, editors ; foreword by Arthur L. Caplan.
    Summary: 'An engaging, compelling and disturbing confrontation with evil...abook that will be transformative in its call for individual and collective moral responsibility." - Michael A. Grodin, M.D., Professor and Director, Project on Medicine andtheHolocaust, Elie Wiesel Center for Judaic Studies, Boston University Human Subjects Research after the Holocaust challenges you to confront the misguided medical ethics of the Third Reich personally, and to apply the lessons learned to contemporary human subjects research. While it is comforting to believe that Nazi physicians, nurses, and bioscientists were either incompetent, mad, or few in number, they were, in fact, the best in the world at the time, and the vast majority participated in the government program of 'applied biology.' They were not coerced to behave as they did-they enthusiastically exploited widely accepted eugenic theories to design horrendous medical experiments, gas chambers and euthanasia programs, which ultimately led to mass murder in the concentration camps. Americans provided financial support for their research, modeled their medical education and research after the Germans, and continued to perform unethical human subjects research even after the Nuremberg Doctors' Trial. The German Medical Association apologized in 2012 for the behavior of its physicians during the Third Reich. By examining the medical crimes of human subjects researchers during the Third Reich, you will naturally examine your own behavior and that of your colleagues, and perhaps ask yourself "If the best physicians and bioscientists of the early 20th century could do evil while believing they were doing good, can I be certain that I will never do the same?" · Presents relatively unknown aspects of human subjects research during the Third Reich · Reveals surprising relationships between German and American human subjects research · Dispels myths about Nazi human subjects research · Compels introspection and self-examination by today's medical and research practitioners · Addresses contemporary bioethical issues affecting vulnerable populations · Brings together experts in the history of medicine during the Third Reich and thoughtful new voices

    Contents:
    Introduction: How Did It Go So Wrong?
    Twin Experiments at Auschwitz: A First-Person Account
    Eugenics and Racial Hygiene: Applied Research Strategies before, during, and after National Socialism
    Medical Ethics and Medical Research on Human Beings in National Socialism
    Sulfonamide Experiments on Prisoners in Nazi Concentration Camps: Coherent Scientific Rationality Combined with Complete Disregard of Humanity
    Stages of Transgression: Anatomical Research in National Socialism
    Nurses and Human Subjects Research during the Third Reich and Now
    Involuntary Abortion and Coercive Research on Pregnant Forced Laborers in National Socialism
    Abusive Medical Practices on "Euthanasia" Victims in Austria during and after World War II
    Medical Research and National Socialist Euthanasia: Carl Schneider and the Heidelberg Research Children from 1942 until 1945
    Victims of Human Experiments and Coercive Research under National Socialism: Gender and Racial Aspects
    The White Rose: Resisting National Socialism-with an Introduction by Susan Benedict
    The Origins and Impact of the Nuremberg Doctors' Trial
    In the Shadow of Nuremberg: Unlearned Lessons from the Medical Trial
    The Ethics of Medical Experiments: Have We Learned the Lessons of Tuskegee and the Holocaust?
    Human Subjects Research during and after the Holocaust: Typhus Vaccine Development and the Legacy of Gerhard Rose
    Ethics in Space Medicine: Holocaust Beginnings, the Present, and the Future
    Reproduction Then and Now: Learning from the Past
    Promoting Clinical Research and Avoiding Bad Medicine: A Clinical Research Curriculum
    The Psychophysiology of Attribution: Why Appreciative Respect Can Keep Us Safe
    Confronting Medicine during the Nazi Period: Autobiographical Reflections
    Teaching the Holocaust to Medical Students: A Reflection on Pedagogy and Medical Ethics
    No Exceptions, No Excuses: A Testimonial.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Eugene H. Wissler.
    Summary: The principal objective of this book is to provide information needed to define human thermal behavior quantitatively. Human thermal physiology is defined using mathematical methods routinely employed by physicists and engineers, but seldom used by physiologists. Major sections of the book are devoted to blood flow, sweating, shivering, heat transfer within the body, and heat and mass transfer from skin and clothing to the environment. Simple algebraic models based on experimental data from a century of physiological investigation are developed for bodily processes. The book offers an invaluable source of information for physiologists and physical scientists interested in quantitative approaches to the fascinating field of human thermoregulation.

    Contents:
    Animal heat and thermal regulation
    Conservation of energy
    Temperature measurement
    Circulation
    Sweating
    Shivering
    Temperature distribution in the body
    Clothing
    Heat and mass transfer from the skin and clothing
    The development of a mathematical human thermal model.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Makini Chisolm-Straker, Hanni Stoklosa, editors.
    Summary: "This clear-sighted reference examines the public health dimensions of labor and sex trafficking in the United States, the scope of the crisis, and possibilities for solutions. Its ecological lifespan approach globally traces risk and protective factors associated with this exploitation, laying a roadmap towards its prevention. Diverse experts, including survivors, describe support and care interventions across domains and disciplines, from the law enforcement and judicial sectors to community health systems and NGOs, with a robust model for collaboration. By focusing on the humanity of trafficked persons, a public health paradigm broadens our understanding of and ability to address trafficking while adding critical direction and resources to the criminal justice and human rights structures currently in place. Among the topics covered: Children at Risk: Foster Care and Human Trafficking LGBTQ Youth and Vulnerability to Sex Trafficking Physical Health of Human Trafficking Survivors: Unmet Essentials Research Informing Advocacy: An Anti-Human Trafficking Tool Caring for Survivors Using a Trauma-Informed Care Framework The Media and Human Trafficking: Discussion and Critique of the Dominant Narrative Human Trafficking Is a Public Health Issue is a sobering read; a powerful call to action for public health professionals, including social workers and health care practitioners providing direct services, as well as the larger anti-trafficking community of advocates, prosecutors, taskforce members, law enforcement agents, officers, funders, and administrators. "An extraordinary collection of knowledge by survivors, academics, clinicians, and advocates who are experts on human trafficking. Human Trafficking is a Public Health Issue is a comprehensive offering in educating readers on human trafficking through a multi-pronged public health lens. Margeaux Gray: Survivor, Advocate, Artist, Public Speaker"--Page 4 of cover.

    Contents:
    Introduction to Human Trafficking: Who Is Affected? / Jordan Greenbaum
    Sex Trafficked and Missed / Wendy J. Barnes and Holly Austin Gibbs
    The Lost Boy: How a Forgotten Child Became a Victim of Labor Trafficking / James L. Dold
    Sex Trafficking in the USA / Clydette L. Powell and Cyril Bennouna
    The Ignored Exploitation: Labor Trafficking in the United States / Nicole Littenberg and Susie Baldwin
    Trafficking of Children Within the United States / Carol Smolenski and Sarah Ingerman
    Children at Risk: Foster Care and Human Trafficking / Madeline Hannan, Kathryn Martin, Kimberly Caceres, and Nina Aledort
    Sex Trafficking in Indian Country / Erin Shanley and Robyn Jordan
    LGBTQ Youth and Vulnerability to Sex Trafficking / Kathryn Xian, Shaylin Chock, and Dustin Dwiggins
    The Multimodal Social Ecological (MSE) Approach: A Trauma-Informed Framework for Supporting Trafficking Survivors' Psychosocial Health / Elizabeth K. Hopper
    Physical Health of Human Trafficking Survivors: Unmet Essentials / Wendy Macias-Konstantopoulos and Zheng B. Ma
    Trauma-Informed Treatment of Substance Use Disorders in Trafficking Survivors / Elizabeth K. Hopper
    The Development and Psychology of Young Minds: Communities Can Prevent Exploitation and Facilitate Rehabilitation / Sandra Gasca-Gonzalez and Dianna L. Walters
    Legal Supports for Trafficked Persons: Assisting Survivors via Certification, State/Federal Benefits, and Compensation / Lennon Moore and Brendan Milliner
    NGOs and the Anti-Trafficking Movement: Advocacy and Service / Valerie Schmitt
    The Role of Faith-Based Organizations in the US Anti-Trafficking Movement / Jeffrey Barrows
    Research Informing Advocacy: An Anti-Human Trafficking Tool / Cathy L. Miller and Michelle Lyman
    Caring for Survivors Using a Trauma-Informed Care Framework / Annie Lewis-O'Connor and Elaine J. Alpert
    Sex Trafficking in One US City: Traditional Policing and Boston's Shift to a Survivor-Centered Response / Donna Gavin and Cassandra Thomson
    The Role of Community Health Centers in Addressing Human Trafficking / Kimberly S.G. Chang and A. Seiji Hayashi
    The Media and Human Trafficking: A Discussion and Critique of the Dominant Narrative / Erin Albright and Kate D'Adamo
    Human Trafficking: Perspectives on Prevention / Elaine J. Alpert and Sharon E. Chin
    Combating Modern Bondage: The Development of a Multi-Disciplinary Approach to Human Trafficking / Laura J. Lederer
    Moving Forward: Next Steps in Preventing and Disrupting Human Trafficking / Katherine Y. Chon and Smitha Khorana.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Beatrice Frank, Jenny A. Glikman, Silvio Marchini.
    Summary: "Human-wildlife conflict (HWC) is one of the most complex and urgent issues facing wildlife management and conservation today. Originally focused on the ecology and economics of wildlife damage, the study and mitigation of HWC has gradually expanded its scope to incorporate the human dimensions of the whole spectrum of human-wildlife relationships, from conflict to coexistence. Having the conflict-to-coexistence continuum as its leitmotiv, this book explores a variety of theories and methods currently used to address human-wildlife interactions, illustrated by case studies from around the world. It presents some key concepts in the field, such as values, emotions, social identity and tolerance, and a variety of insights and solutions to turn conflict into coexistence, from individual level to national scales, including conservation marketing, incremental and radical innovation, strategic planning, and socio-ecological systems. This volume will be of interest to a wide range of readers, including academics, researchers, students, practitioners and policy-makers"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Antoine Douaihy, H. Patrick Driscoll.
    Summary: This original, eloquent, compassionate, and timely book offers all healthcare practitioners interested and involved in addiction practice a powerful account of an addiction psychiatrist's journey of professional and personal growth, thereby offering readers a unique opportunity to learn deeply from the author's insights, experiences, and struggles in becoming a patient-centered empathic healer. Through sharing and exploring clinical experiences in addiction practice, this fascinating title delves into the lead author and his mentee's personal, professional, and ethical challenges and weaves together science and humanism, offering a wealth of experiential wisdom and tools that have the power to transform our understanding of therapeutic work with people with addictions. Written with empathy and humility, Humanizing Addiction: Blending Science and Personal Transformation provides a compelling argument and framework for integrating humanism with empirically grounded practices. This important book is an invaluable resource for healers from a range of backgrounds: physicians, physician assistants, nurse practitioners, social workers, case managers, patient navigators, clinical and health psychologists, pharmacists, counselors, graduate students, and medical trainees involved in clinical care of people with addiction and substance use problems.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Mario Milco D'Elios, Marta Rizzi, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    [edited by] Orlando R. Hung, Michael F. Murphy.
    Summary: This book was written by the creators of the Difficult Airway Course: Anesthesia, this illustrated and extensively referenced text delivers a comprehensive review of the latest options available for airway management and offers expert coverage of the full spectrum of airway management techniques. Within its pages you will find the most up-to-date review available of the many innovations that been introduced since publication of the previous edition. This is accompanied by a thorough review of the pharmacology of airway management designed to help you understand how to achieve the desired effects on ventilation and muscle strength. You will also find numerous algorithms, many of which have been revised for this edition. ... These cases teach trainees the fundamental approaches to airway management, and include self-evaluation questions to reinforce the lesson. For experienced anesthesiologists, the cases present an opportunity to learn about recently introduced devices and techniques they may wish to incorporate into their clinical practice.

    Contents:
    Principles of airway management
    Airway techniques
    Pre-hospital airway management
    Airway management in the emergency room
    Airway management in the intensive care unit (ICU)
    Airway management in the operating room
    Airway management in the pediatric population
    Airway in the obstetrics
    Airway management in unique environment
    Practical considerations in airway management.
  • Print
    Roxane Gay.
    Summary: Roxane Gay addresses the experience of living in a body that she calls 'wildly undisciplined.' She casts an insightful and critical eye over her childhood, teens, and twenties -- including the devastating act of violence that was a turning point at age 12 -- and brings readers into the present and the realities, pains, and joys of her daily life. With candor, vulnerability, and authority, Roxane explores what it means to be overweight in a time when the bigger you are, the less you are seen.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    BF697.5.B63 G39 2018
    1
  • Digital
    edited by Daniel H. Temple, Christopher M. Stojanowski.
    Summary: "Hunter-gatherer lifestyles defined the origins of modern humans and for tens of thousands of years were the only form of subsistence our species knew. This changed with the advent of food production at different times throughout the world. The chapters in this volume explore the different way that hunter-gatherer societies around the world adapted to changing social and ecological circumstances while still maintaining a predominantly hunter-gatherer lifestyle. Couched specifically with the framework of resilience theory, the authors use contextualized bioarchaeological analyses of health, diet, mobility, and funerary practices to explore how hunter-gatherers in different parts of the world responded to challenges and actively resisted change that formed the core of their social identity and worldview"-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Cambridge 2019
  • Digital
    Edward T. Ryan MD, FACP, FIDSA, FASTMH, FAAM, David R. Hill MD, DTM & H, FRCP, FFTM (RCPS Glasg), FASTMH, Tom Solomon BA, BM, BCh, FRCP, DCH, DTM & H, PhD, Naomi E. Aronson MD and Timothy P. Endy MD, MPH, FACP, FIDSA, FASTMH
    Contents:
    Part 1: Clinical practice in the tropics. Section A: Organ-based chapters. Tropical lung diseases
    Cardiovascular diseases
    Gastrointestinal diseases
    Hepatobiliary diseases
    Hematologic diseases
    Genitourinary diseases
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Tropical dermatology
    Ophthalmological diseases
    Neurologic diseases
    Psychiatric diseases
    ENT
    Diseases of the musculoskeletal system
    Section B: Skills-based chapters. General surgery in the tropics
    Oral health and disease in the tropics
    Maternal and newborn health
    Pediatrics in a resource-constrained setting
    Section C: Service-based chapters. Diagnostic imaging in the tropics
    Blood transfusion in resource-limited settings
    Infection control in the tropics
    Microbiology
    Section D: Topic-based chapters. Approach to the patient with diarrhea
    Cancer in the tropics
    Heat-associated illness
    Traditional medicine
    Environmental health hazards in the tropics
    Neglected tropical diseases: public health control programs and mass drug administration
    Health systems and health care delivery
    The health care response to disasters, complex emergencies, and population displacement
    Part 2: Viral diseases. Introduction and general principles
    Human immunodeficiency virus infection
    HIV, tuberculosis, malaria and Streptococcus pneumoniae
    Viral infections with cutaneous lesions
    Measles
    Poxviruses
    Nonpolio enterovirus mucocutaneous infections
    Kaposi's sarcoma-associated herpesvirus
    Viral respiratory infections
    Viral gastroenteritis
    Rotavirus
    Norovirus
    Enteric adenoviruses
    Astroviruses
    Sapovirus
    Viral hepatitis (Hep A, B, C, D, E and non A to E)
    Viral febrile illnesses and emerging pathogens
    Dengue and Dengue hemorrhagic fever
    Chikungunya fever
    Zika
    O'nyong Nyong fever
    Ross River virus disease
    Oropouche virus
    Mayaro virus
    Pathogenic phleboviruses (old: sandfly fever)
    Sindbis fever
    Viral hemorrhagic fevers: introduction
    Yellow fever
    Lassa fever
    South American hemorrhagic fevers
    Ebola and Marburg virus infections
    Crimean-Congo hemorrhagic fever
    Diseases caused by hantaviruses
    Rift Valley fever
    Viral CNS infections
    Rabies & related viruses
    Enterovirus infections that cause central nervous system disease (including poliomyelitis)
    Venezuelan, Eastern and Western equine encephalitis
    Japanese encephalitis
    West Nile virus
    Saint Louis encephalitis and Rocio encephalitis
    Other arboviral encephalitides
    Prion disease
    Human T-lymphotropic virus type I and II infection
    Part 3: Bacterial infections. Section A: Infections of the eye and throat. Trachoma and inclusion conjunctivitis
    Group A Streptococcus
    Diphtheria
    Section B: Respiratory tract infections
    Bacterial pneumonia
    Tuberculosis
    Pertussis
    Section C: Gastrointestinal tract infections
    Helicobacter pylori infection
    Escherichia coli diarrhea
    Cholera and other vibrios
    Shigellosis
    Nontyphoid Salmonella disease
    Campylobacter infections
    Miscellaneous bacterial enteritides
    Yersinia enterocolitica
    Clostridium infections
    Aeromonas
    Section D: Sexually transmitted diseases. Chlamydial infections
    Lymphogranuloma venereum
    Gonorrhea
    Chancroid
    Granuloma inguinale
    Syphilis and the endemic treponematoses
    Section E: Infections causing neurologic manifestations. Acute bacterial meningitis
    Tetanus
    Botulism
    Section F: Infections of skin and soft tissues. Bacterial skin and soft tissue infections in the tropics
    Leprosy
    Buruli ulcer
    Mycobacterium marinum infection
    Anthrax
    Section G: Febrile systemic syndromes with or without lymphadenopathy. Epidemic louse-borne typhus
    Murine typhus
    Scrub typhus
    Tick-borne spotted fever rickettsioses
    Rickettsialpox
    Q fever
    Trench fever
    Bartonellosis : Carrion's disease and other bartonella infections
    Typhoid and paratyphoid (enteric) fever
    Brucellosis
    Melioidosis and glanders
    Plague
    Tularemia
    Leptospirosis
    Relapsing fever and borrelioses
    Part 4: The mycoses. General principles
    Superficial mycoses
    Subcutaneous mycoses : general principles
    Protothecosis
    Histoplasmosis
    Coccidioidomycosis
    Blastomycosis
    Paracoccidioidomycosis
    Cryptococcosis
    Penicilliosis marneffei
    Pneumocystis pneumonia
    Treatment of systemic mycoses
    Part 5: Protozoal infections. General principles
    Section A: Intestinal and genital infections
    Entamoeba histolytica (amebiasis)
    Giardiasis
    Cryptosporidiosis
    Cyclosporiasis
    Cystoisospora belli (syn. Isospora belli )
    Miscellaneous intestinal protozoa
    Trichomoniasis
    Section B: Infections of the blood and reticuloendothelial system. Malaria
    African trypanosomiasis
    American trypanosomiasis (Chagas disease)
    Leishmaniasis
    Babesiosis
    Section C: Tissue infection. Toxoplasmosis
    Pathogenic and opportunistic free-living ameba infections
    Sarcocystosis
    Microsporidiosis
    Part 6: Helminthic infections. General principles
    Section A: Intestinal nematode infections. Nematodes limited to the intestinal tract ( Enterobius vermicularis , Trichuris trichiura , Capillaria philippinensis and Trichostrongylus spp.)
    Intestinal nematodes: ascariasis
    Hookworm and strongyloides infections
    Section B: Filarial infections. Lymphatic filariasis
    Loiasis
    Onchocerciasis
    Miscellaneous filariae
    Section C: Other tissue nematode infections. Dracunculiasis
    Trichinellosis
    Toxocariasis
    Gnathostomiasis
    Eosinophilic meningitis ( Angiostrongylus cantonensis , Parastrongylus cantonensis )
    Abdominal angiostrongyliasis
    Cutaneous larva migrans
    Anisakidosis
    Section D: Trematodes infections. Schistosomiasis
    Intestinal fluke infections
    Liver fluke infections
    Paragonimiasis
    Section E: Cestode infections. Tapeworm Infections
    Larval cestode infections (cysticercosis)
    Cystic echinococcosis
    Alveolar echinococcosis (alveolar hydatid disease)
    Polycystic echinococcosis (polycystic neotropical disease)
    Sparganosis
    Coenuriasis
    Part 7: Poisonous and toxic plants and animals. Animals hazardous to humans: venomous bites, stings and envenoming
    Injurious arthropods
    Poisonous plants and aquatic animals
    Pentastomiasis
    Bats
    Part 8: Nutritional problems and deficiency diseases. General principles
    Protein-energy malnutrition in children
    Vitamin deficiencies
    Mineral deficiencies
    Part 9: Vector transmission of diseases and zoonoses. Section A: Medical entomology. Introduction medical entomology
    Section B: Diseases associated with vectors (arthropods in disease transmission). Diseases associated with vectors (arthropods in disease transmission)
    Section C: Vector control. Vector control
    Part 10: The sick returning traveler. General principles
    Fever in the returned traveler
    Malaria in the returned traveler
    Screening of the asymptomatic long-term traveler
    Persistent diarrhea in the returned traveler
    Skin lesions in returning travelers
    Eosinophilia in migrants and returned travelers: a practical approach
    Immigrant medicine
    International adoption
    Medical tourism
    Transplant patients and tropical diseases
    Delusional parasitosis
    Part 11: Laboratory diagnosis of parasitic diseases. General principles
    Preparation of samples for morphologic diagnosis of parasites in stool and urine specimens
    Examination of blood, other body fluids, tissues, and sputum
    Part 12: Drugs used in tropical medicine. Albendazole
    Artemisinin
    Benznidazole
    Dapsone
    DEC
    Eflornithine
    Ivermectin
    Miltefosine
    Nifurtimox
    Nitazoxanide
    Pentamidine
    Pentavalent antimony
    Praziquantel
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2020
  • Digital
    edited by Andrew S. Feigin and Karen E. Anderson
    Summary: "Huntington Disease summarizes the most recent findings related to the disease, providing both cutting edge coverage for clinical/research specialists looking to expand their knowledge base of Huntington disease information, as well as solid groundwork for advanced students from various backgrounds (neurology, psychiatry, neuropsychology, genetics). The volume includes all major areas of Huntington disease clinical care and research, whereas many other HD texts focus solely on neurological symptoms. This book also addresses behavioral and cognitive symptoms, brain imaging, and family dynamics and therapeutic alliances in working with individuals affected by HD. Clinical trials are covered extensively, including design considerations for therapeutic studies. The devastating nature of Huntington's disease is well appreciated throughout the neuroscience, neurology, and psychiatric communities, and a great amount of basic and clinical research is currently taking place. However, much of that occurs in isolated research silos, and it is critical that an interdisciplinary resource be developed to provide in depth information to enhance communication and collaboration. This volume in the Handbook of Clinical Neurology series is that resource"--Publisher's description.

    Contents:
    Section 1: Basic science. Genetics of Huntington disease
    Mechanisms underlying neurodegeneration in Huntington disease: Applications to novel disease-modifying therapies
    Section 2: Clinical aspects. Epidemiology of Huntington disease
    Statistical modelling of Huntington disease onset
    The diagnosis and natural history of Huntington's disease
    Preclinical cognitive and behavioral changes in Huntington disease
    Preclinical motor manifestations of Huntington disease
    The highly anxious individual presenting for Huntington disease predictive genetic testing: the psychiatrist's role in assessment and counseling
    Reproductive options for Huntington disease families
    Genetic testing for Huntington disease
    Section 3: Treatment of Huntington disease. Medical treatment of behavioral manifestations of Huntington disease
    Medical management of motor manifestations of Huntington disease
    The role of rehabilitation therapy in Huntington disease
    Contemporary health care for Huntington disease
    The impact of Huntington disease on young people
    Making a measurable difference in advanced Huntington disease care
    Section 4: Experimental Therapeutics. New symptomatic therapies for Huntington disease
    Motor outcome measures in Huntington disease clinical trials
    Cognitive outcome measures in Huntington disease clinical drug trials
    Section 5: Biomarkers. Structural imaging in premanifest and manifest Huntington disease
    Functional imaging in Huntington disease.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2017
  • Digital
    editors, Laura A. Huppert, Timothy G. Dyster.
    Summary: "A manual connecting pathophysiology to clinical management principles encountered on medical clerkship rotations. The author, through her own recent experiences as a medical student and resident in internal medicine, has succinctly organized foundational science learned in years one and two of medical school and provides a framework for clinical learning encountered in year three clerkship and beyond. This marriage of pathophysiology and basic treatment principles helps users make sense of clinical concepts mechanistically, rather than through memorization. Filled with visuals and pearls, this portable guide will help medical students bridge the gap between science lectures and patient wards"-- Provided by publisher.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Cardiology. Anatomy and physiology in cardiology
    Diagnostics in cardiology
    Approaches and chief complaints in cardiology
    Diseases and pathophysiology in cardiology
    Key medications and interventions in cardiology
    Key clinical trials and publications in cardiology
    Part 2: Pulmonology. Anatomy and physiology in pulmonology
    Diagnostics in pulmonology
    Approaches and chief complaints in pulmonology
    Diseases and pathophysiology in pulmonology
    Key medications and interventions in pulmonology
    Key clinical trials and publications in pulmonology
    Part 3: Critical care medicine. Introduction in critical care medicine
    Anatomy, physiology, and diagnostics in critical care medicine
    Approaches and chief complaints in critical care medicine
    Diseases and pathophysiology in critical care medicine
    Common complications of ICU admission in critical care medicine
    Key medications and interventions in critical care medicine
    Key clinical trials and publications in critical care medicine
    Part 4: Gastroenterology. Anatomy and physiology in gastroenterology
    Diagnostics in gastroenterology
    Approaches and chief complaints in gastroenterology
    Diseases and pathophysiology in gastroenterology
    Key medications and interventions in gastroenterology
    Key clinical trials and publications in gastroenterology
    Part 5: Endocrinology. Anatomy and physiology in endocrinology
    Reproductive endocrinology
    Key clinical trials and publications in endocrinology
    Part 6: Nephrology. Anatomy and physiology in nephrology
    Diagnostics in nephrology
    Approaches and chief complaints in nephrology
    Diseases and pathophysiology in nephrology
    Key medications and interventions in nephrology
    Key clinical trials and publications in nephrology
    Part 7: Hematology and oncology. Anatomy & physiology in hematology
    Diagnostics in hematology
    Approaches & chief complaints in hematology
    Diseases & pathophysiology: non-malignant hematology in hematology
    Diseases & pathophysiology: malignant hematology in hematology
    Key medications & interventions in hematology
    Key clinical trials & publications in hematology
    Anatomy & physiology in oncology
    Diagnostics in oncology
    Approaches & chief complaints in oncology
    Diseases & pathophysiology in oncology
    Key medications & interventions in oncology
    Key clinical trials & publications in oncology
    Part 8: Infectious diseases. Microbiology in infectious diseases
    Approaches & chief complaints in infectious diseases
    Diseases & pathophysiology in infectious diseases
    Key medications & interventions in infectious diseases
    Key clinical trials & publications in infectious diseases --
    Digital Access AccessMedicine 2021
  • Digital
    editors, Valentin Fuster, Robert A. Harrington, Jagat Narula, Zubin J. Eapen.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    AccessCardiology
    AccessMedicine
  • Digital
    Keith Wesley.
    Summary: "Huzar's ECG and 12-Lead Interpretation, 5th Edition, by Keith Wesley, M.D., helps you correlate ECG interpretation with clinical findings to identify and address selected heart rhythms. The text is structured to match the order in which you learn specific skills: ECG components are presented first, followed by rhythm interpretation and clinical implications. Take-Home Points, key definitions, chapter review questions, and practice strips help you understand and retain complex information."--Publisher.

    Contents:
    Anatomy and physiology of the heart
    ECG leads and cardiac monitoring
    Components of the ECG waveform
    Step-by-step ECG interpretation
    Sinus rhythms
    Atrial rhythms
    Junctional rhythms
    Ventricular rhythms
    Atrioventricular blocks
    Implanted pacemaker rhythms
    Treatment of rhythm disturbances
    The 12-lead ECG: leads and axis
    Bundle branch and fascicular blocks
    Hypertrophy, electrolytes, and other ECG findings
    Coronary heart disease and the 12-lead ECG
    ECG diagnosis of myocardial infarction
    Diagnosis and treatment of acute coronary syndromes
    Appendices. Methods of determining the GRS axis
    Answers to chapter review questions
    Rhythm interpretation self-assessment
    Self-assessment answer key
    Digital Access ClinicalKey Nursing 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Glynn, William M. Drake.
    Contents:
    Doctor and patient: General principles of history taking
    General patient examination and differential diagnosis
    The next steps: Differential diagnosis and initial management
    Ethical considerations
    Women
    Children and adolescents
    Older people
    Psychiatric assessment
    Patients presenting as emergencies
    Patients with a fever
    Patients in pain
    Respiratory system
    Cardiovascular system
    Gastrointestinal system
    Locomotor system
    Nervous system
    Urogenital system
    Endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Skin, nails and hair
    Eyes
    Ear, nose and throat.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Michael Glynn, William M. Drake.
    Contents:
    Doctor and patient : General principles of history taking
    General patient examination and differential diagnosis
    The next steps : Differential diagnosis and initial management
    Ethical considerations
    Women
    Children and adolescents
    Older people
    Psychiatric assessment
    Patients presenting as emergencies
    Patients with a fever
    Patients in pain
    Respiratory system
    Cardiovascular system
    Gastrointestinal system
    Locomotor system
    Nervous system
    Renal and urology system
    Sexually transmitted infections
    Endocrine and metabolic disorders
    Skin, nails and hair
    Eyes
    Ear, nose and throat
    SARS-CoV-2 and the COVID-19 pandemic.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    edited by Melanie A. Simpson, Paraskevi Heldin.
    Contents:
    Ch. 1. Emerging roles for hyaluronidase in cancer metastasis and therapy
    Ch. 2. Targeting hyaluronic acid family for cancer chemoprevention and therapy
    Ch. 3. Aberrant posttranscriptional processing of hyaluronan synthase 1 in malignant transformation and tumor progression
    Ch. 4. Hyaluronan synthases posttranslational regulation in cancer
    Ch.4. Hyaluronan synthases posttranslational regulation in cancer
    Ch. 5. Hyaluronan-coated extraellular vesicles, a novel link between hyaluronan and cancer
    Ch.6.Hyaluronan in the healthy and malignant hematopoietic microenvironment
    Ch. 7. Hyaluronan regulation of endothelial barrier function in cancer
    Ch. 8. HAS2 and CD44 in breast tumorigenesis
    Ch. 9. CD44 is a multidomain signaling platform that integrates extracellular matrix cues with growth factor and cytokine signals
    Ch. 10. Hyaluronan-CD44 interaction promotes oncogenic signaling, microRNA functions, chemoresistance, and radiation resistance in cancer stem cells leading to tumor progression
    Ch. 11. Advances and advantages of nanomedicine in the pharmacological targeting of hyaluronan-CD44 interactions and signaling in cancer
    Ch.12. Hyaluronan/RHAMM interactions in mesenchymal tumor pathogenesis: role of growth factors
    Ch. 13. CD147: regulator of hyaluronan signaling in invasiveness and chemoresistance
    Index.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2014
  • Digital
    Paul D. Scanlon, Robert E. Hyatt.
    Contents:
    Introduction
    Spirometry: dynamic lung volues
    Static (absolout) lung volumes
    Diffusing capacity of the lungs
    Bronchodilators and bronchial challenge testing
    Arterial blood gases
    Other tests of lung mechanics: resistance and compliance
    Distribution of ventilation
    Maximal respiratory pressures
    Preoperative pulmonary function testing
    Simple tests of exercise capacity
    Patterns in various diseases
    When to test and what to order
    Interpreting pulmonary function tests
    Illustrative cases
    Digital Access Ovid 2020
  • Digital
    Stephan G. Nekolla, Christoph Rischpler, editors.
    Summary: This clinically oriented book provides an up-to-date review on the various hybrid imaging modalities that may be employed for the purpose of cardiac imaging. After discussion of generic aspects of hybrid imaging, SPECT/CT, PET/CT, and PET/MRI are each considered in depth. In addition, information is provided on upcoming technologies, such as dedicated so-called fast cardiac cameras (CZT detector technology) and novel probes and radiotracers. A wide variety of topics are addressed, including important technological aspects, possible applications, imaging protocols, peculiarities of the available modalities, radiation exposure, and dose reduction. Last but not least, an estimation of the cost efficiency of dedicated and hybrid imaging devices in cardiology is provided and possible scenarios with respect to health care economics are envisioned. Hybrid Cardiac Imaging will be of particular value for nuclear medicine specialists, cardiologists, and radiologists and will also be of interest to medical physicists, medical technicians, and cardiothoracic surgeons. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Francesco Nudi, Orazio Schillaci, Giuseppe Biondi-Zoccai, Ami E. Iskandrian, editors.
    Summary: Performing any diagnostic test in medicine is always a matter of trying to get the condition of the patient diagnosed properly with the least effort, exposure, discomfort and at the same time with the lowest possible error probability. Pre-test probability is helpful but often imprecise, effectively overestimating the patient's risk profile. In a broader prevention objective, the phases of a disease, its onset, progression, and complications must be taken into account. The negative predictive value, which is so important, has in turn its main limitation in identifying the healthy patient, that is, the one who does not belong to any cluster of patients in which we would act in terms of prevention. In coronary syndromes, the goal is instead to evaluate coronary heart disease, from mild to more extensive and significant forms. For this purpose, it is necessary to use parameters that investigate different and complementary aspects: stenosis, ischemia, the morphology of the atherosclerotic plaque, metabolic processes, in particular vitality and apoptosis, the presence of inflammatory processes. The possibility, already present thanks to Hybrid Imaging, of 'joining exams that study different aspects, will allow the patient to be increasingly characterized not only from a diagnostic point of view but also from a prognostic and personalized therapeutic choice.

    Contents:
    PART I) SPECIALISTS PERSPECTIVES TO HYBRID CARDIAC IMAGING
    Chapter 1) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Clinical Cardiologist
    Chapter 2) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Cardiologist with Expertise in Echocardiography
    Chapter 3) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Specialist with Expertise in Cardiac Magnetic Resonance
    Chapter 4) Hybrid Imaging Using Single Photon Emission Computed Tomography
    Chapter 5) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Specialist with Expertise in Computed Tomography
    Chapter 6) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Invasive Cardiologist
    Chapter 7) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging for the Interventional Cardiologist
    PART II) HYBRID IMAGING IN CLINICAL PRACTICE
    Chapter 8) Systematic Review of Hybrid Cardiac Imaging
    Chapter 9) Hybrid Cardiac Viability Assessment
    Chapter 10) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging in Clinical Practice: From Diagnosis to Prognosis and Management
    Chapter 11) Clinical Cases of Hybrid Cardiac Imaging
    Chapter 12) Hybrid Cardiac Imaging: The Role of Machine Learning and Artificial Intelligence.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mussaad Al-Razouki, Sophie Smith, editors.
    Summary: This essential book reviews how digital health ventures can be integrated with more traditional techniques to revolutionize the healthcare system. Details of the current state of the digital marketplace, the available tools for early detection and diagnostics that presently employ digital technologies are provided. Relevant aspects of blockchain, artificial intelligence including data lake development and data analytics are described. The role of regulators and legislation including GDPR are also covered. Hybrid Healthcare provides a thorough overview of how digital health entrepreneurs will need to employ a hybrid approach to address many healthcare challenges of the 21st century. It is therefore an indispensable resource for all those seeking to develop their knowledge of this rapidly growing sector.

    Contents:
    Introduction: What is Hybrid Healthcare?
    Health is a Gift, Medicine is an Art, but Healthcare is a Business
    Antiquity The Evolution of Modern Medicine
    Modern Medicine 1.0 Why Healthcare Remains Broken Post WWII
    Health 2.0 The Rise of Digital Technologies in Healthcare
    Digital Marketplaces
    B2C Finding a Doctor Nearest to You
    B2B - The Rise and Fall of Practice Fusion
    B2G
    C2C Patient Support Groups
    Digital Diagnostics and Therapeutics
    Early Detection and Diagnosing At Scale Altoida and Alzheimers
    Priming
    Viral Vector Drugs
    Retail Medicine
    Current Examples
    Experimental Models
    Future Models
    Genetic Therapy
    Archaic Splicing: Vivisection
    The Modern Era and the DNA Double Helix
    Early Attempts at Gene editing: Zinc Finger Nucleases (ZFNs) and Transcription Activator-Like Effector Nucleases (TALENs)
    CRISPRs/Cas-9
    Other Experimental Models of Gene Therapy
    Cloud Biology
    Precision Medicine
    Uploading Your Genetic Code
    Downloading Therapies
    Digital Storage of Genetic Material
    Who Owns the Data?
    Artificial Intelligence
    Machine Learning
    Developing a Data Lake
    AI Triage and Treatment
    Blockchain
    Introduction to the Blockchain
    Blockchain in Healthcare Provision: Creating Value
    Ownership of the Distributed Ledger
    Regulating the Blockchain
    Communicating Via the Blockchain
    Robotic Surgery
    Hybrid Clinical Research
    Sourcing Participants
    Payment Models
    Accelerating Data Collection and Analysis
    Privacy in Hybrid Healthcare
    Your online profile
    HIPAA vs. GDPR
    The Role of Regulators
    Future Directions. .
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Ana M. Franceschi, Dinko Franceschi, editors.
    Summary: This book serves as a reference and comprehensive guide for PET/MR neuroimaging. The field of PET/MR is rapidly evolving, however, there is no standard resource summarizing the vast information and its potential applications. This book will guide neurological molecular imaging applications in both clinical practice and the research setting. Experts from multiple disciplines, including radiologists, researchers, and physicists, have collaborated to bring their knowledge and expertise together. Sections begin by covering general considerations, including public health and economic implications, the physics of PET/MR systems, an overview of hot lab and cyclotron, and radiotracers used in neurologic PET/MRI. There is then coverage of each major disease/systemic category, including dementia and neurodegenerative disease, epilepsy localization, brain tumors, inflammatory and infectious CNS disorders, head and neck imaging, as well as vascular hybrid imaging. Together, we have created a thorough, concise and up-to-date textbook in a unique, user-friendly format. This is an ideal guide for neuroradiologists, nuclear medicine specialists, medical physicists, clinical trainees and researchers.

    Contents:
    SECTION I: Introdcution to PET/MR
    Introduction to PET/MR
    SECTION II: Public Health and Economic Implications
    Utility of PET/MRI in Private Practice
    SECTION III: Physics of PET/MR Systems
    Physics of PET/MR Systems
    SECTION IV: Overview of Hot Lab and Cyclotron
    Overview of Hot Lab and Cyclotron
    SECTION V: Radiotracers in Neurologic PET/MRI
    FDG Metabolic Imaging
    Amyloid Dementia Imaging
    TAU Dementia Imaging
    Amino Acid Tumor Imaging
    FDOPA Dopaminergic Imaging
    DASB Serotonin Receptor Imaging
    FEPPA Microglial Activation Imaging
    [150]-H2O/CO2 Perfusion Imaging
    Fluciclovine (Axumin) glioma imaging
    Ga68 Dotatate neuroendocrine imaging
    Radiotracers in development
    SECTION VI: Dementia and Neurodegenerative Disease
    Alzheimers disease
    MCI and dementia therapeutics
    Posterior cortical atrophy
    Dementia with Lewy Body
    Behavioral variant FTD (Picks disease)
    Semantic dementia
    Logopenic PPA
    Agrammatic PPA
    Progressive supranuclear palsy
    Multisystem atrophy
    Corticobasal degeneration
    Creutzfeld-Jacob disease
    Normal pressure hydrocephalus
    Crossed cerebellar diaschisis
    SECTION VII: Epilepsy Localization
    Seizure Focus Localization
    Developmental
    Acquired
    SECTION VIII: Brain Tumors
    Diagnosis
    Primary Brain Neoplasms
    Metastatic Disease
    Treatment Planning
    Treatment Response
    SECTION IX: Inflammatory and Infectious CNS Disorders
    Meningitis
    Encephalitis
    CNS Inflammatory Disease
    Demyelinating Disease
    Vasculitis
    SECTION X: Hybrid Imaging in Head and Neck
    Role of PET/MR in tumor staging
    Mucosal and nodal disease in the head and neck
    Extranodal disease in the head and neck
    Metastatic disease in the head and neck
    Salivary gland pathology
    Orbital pathology
    SECTION XI: Spine PET/MR
    Neoplastic Disease
    Non-Neoplastic
    SECTION XII: Vascular Hybrid Imaging
    Ischemic Disease
    Aneurysms and Vascular Malformations
    Genetic Disorders
    Perfusion and PET
    Advanced MR Techniques
    SECTION XIII: Future Trends
    Artificial Intelligence
    Utility of AI in Dementia/Neuroimaging.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Mehmet Turgut, editor.
    Summary: "Hydatid disease, a zoonotic infection caused by a tapeworm of the genus Echinococcus, has been encountered in various organs in humans. In spite of all the advances in imaging techniques and therapeutic methods, hydatidosis of the central nervous system is still a life-threatening condition in infested areas of the world. Geographical regions affected include the Middle East, Mediterranean countries, South America, Central and Eastern Europe, South Africa, India, and Australia. This is the first comprehensive reference book on hydatidosis of the central nervous system. It is written and edited by leading international authorities from infested areas and provides an in-depth review of diagnosis and management of the disease. Clinical and neuroradiological findings are extensively documented with the aid of numerous original photographs, and the role of surgical intervention and chemotherapy is carefully appraised. In addition to the provision of detailed current evidence, future avenues and innovative therapeutic philosophies are discussed. This book will serve as an ideal source of up-to-date information for all with an interest in this debilitating disease."--Publisher's website.

    Contents:
    Historical Aspects of Hydatidosis of Central Nervous system
    Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System in Mediterranean Countries and Middle East
    Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System in South America
    Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System in Central and Eastern Europe
    Clinical Manifestations of Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System
    Hydatidosis of the Skull
    Hydatidosis of the Brain
    Intraventricular Hydatidosis
    Hydatidosis of the Spinal Cord
    Hydatidosis of the Spine
    Laboratory Findings of Patients with Hydatidosis of Central Nervous System
    Imaging of Cerebral Hydatidosis Disease
    Imaging of Spinal Hydatid Disease
    In vivo Proton Magnetic Resonance Spectroscopy in Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System
    Surgical Treatment of Spinal Hydatidosis
    Surgical Treatment of Cerebral Hydatidosis
    Chemotherapy for Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System
    Complications of Cerebral Hydatidosis
    Complications of Spinal Hydatidosis
    Outcome and Follow-up of Patients with Cerebral Hydatidosis.- Outcome and Follow-up of Patients with Spinal Hydatidosis.- Unusual Presentations of Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System
    Cerebrovascular Occlusive Disease: Hydatidosis
    Hydatidosis of the Orbit
    Alveolar Hydatidosis of the Central Nervous System
    Prevention and Control of Hydatidosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    Ahmed Ammar, editor.
    Contents:
    Part I- Introduction: Preface
    Scientific History of Hydrocephalus
    Value based Medicine- Ethical issues and hydrocephalus
    Evidence Based Medicine- Hydrocephalus
    Part II Etiology and pathophysiology of hydrocephalus: Pathophysiology of hydrocephalus
    Understand Hydrocephalus-Genetic?s theories
    Post SAH hydrocephalus
    Normal Pressure hydrocephalus
    Post infection and multiple loculated hydrocephalus
    Arrested Hydrocephalus
    Part III- Clinical Presentation: Clinical presentations of hydrocephalus in neonates and children
    Clinical presentation of Hydrocephalus in Adults
    Radiological diagnosis of hydrocephalus
    Part IV- Management of hydrocephalus: Strategic plans for management of hydrocephalus
    Endoscopic management and CPC
    Shunts and shunt complications
    Anesthesia for hydrocephalic patient
    Anesthesia for large heads patients
    Good long time of hydrocephalus
    Part V- Complex hydrocephalus: Complex hydrocephalus
    Posterior fossa anomalies and hydrocephalus
    Dandy walker syndrome
    Brain atrophy and brain anomalies and hydrocephalus
    Part VI- Fetal hydrocephalus: Pros and cons of fetal surgery
    Intrauterine shunt.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    edited by Enrique Cadenas and Lester Packer.
    Digital Access
    Provider
    Version
    ScienceDirect
    ScienceDirect
  • Digital
    Jan Tachezy, editor.
    Summary: "Hydrogenosomes and Mitosomes: Mitochondria of Anaerobic Eukaryotes, 2nd edition" provides a comprehensive summary of the current knowledge on these organelles, which occur in unicellular, often parasitic organisms, including human pathogens. It discusses the discovery of these widely distributed organelles, as well as their evolution and recent advances in the study of their structure and function. The book also describes their properties, such as protein import, structure, metabolism and adaptation, their proteome and their role in drug activation and resistance. The book will appeal to researchers and students interested in biology and medicine, and to those who are mainly interested in basic science-cell biology, parasitology, microbiology, evolution etc., but also to those interested in organelles as potential targets for chemotherapy.

    Contents:
    Chapter 1: Introduction
    Chapter 2: The evolution of oxygen independent energy metabolism in eukaryotes with hydrogenosomes and mitosomes
    Chapter 3: Protein Import into Hydrogenosomes and Mitosomes
    Chapter 4: Structure of the Hydrogenosome
    Chapter 5: Hydrogenosomes of Anaerobic Ciliates
    Chapter 6: Metabolism of Trichomonad Hydrogenosomes
    Chapter 7: Hydrogenosomes of Anaerobic Fungi: an Alternative Way to Adapt to Anaerobic Environments
    Chapter 8: The proteome of T. vaginalis hydrogenosomes
    Chapter 9: Mitosomes in parasitic protists
    Chapter 10: The Mitochondrion-Related Organelles of Crypto-sporidium species
    Chapter 11: The Mitochondrion-Related Organelles of Blastocystis
    Chapter 12: Mitochondrion-related organelles in free-living protists
    Chapter 13: Protists without mitochondria, how it may happen?
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Peter Timmins, Samuel R. Pygall, Colin D. Melia, editors.
    Summary: This detailed volume addresses key issues and subtle nuances involved in developing hydrophilic matrix tablets as an approach to oral controlled release. It brings together information from more than five decades of research and development on hydrophilic matrix tablets and provides perspective on contemporary issues. Twelve comprehensive chapters explore a variety of topics including polymers (hypromellose, natural polysaccharides and polyethylene oxide) and their utilization in hydrophilic matrices, critical interactions impacting tablet performance, in vitro physical and imaging techniques, and microenvironmental pH control and mixed polymer approaches, among others. In one collective volume, Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets for Oral Controlled Release provides a single source of current knowledge, including sections of previously unpublished data. It is an important resource for industrial and academic scientists investigating and developing these oral controlled release formulations.

    Contents:
    1 Hydrophilic Matrix Dosage Forms: Definitions, General Attributes and the Evolution of Clinical Utilization
    2 Design and Evaluation of Hydroxypropyl Methylcellulose Matrix Tablets for Oral Controlled Release: a Historical Perspective
    3 An Industrial Perspective on Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets based on Hyproxypropyl Methylcellulose (Hypromellose)
    4 Natural Polysaccharides in Hydrophilic Matrices
    5 Applications of Polyethylene Oxide (POLYOX) in Hydrophilic Matrices
    6 A Formulation Development Perspective on Critical Interactions Affecting the Performance of Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
    7 In vitro Physical and Imaging Techniques to Evaluate Drug Release Mechanisms from Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
    8 Physiologically-Based Pharmacokinetic Modelling in the Development and Evaluation of Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
    9 Approaches to Rapid In Vivo Optimization of Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
    10 Extrusion: an Enabling Technology for Controlled Release Hydrophilic Matrix Systems
    11 Microenvironmental pH Control and Mixed Polymer Approaches to Optimize Drug Delivery with Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets
    12 Evolving Biopharmaceutics Perspectives for Hydrophilic Matrix Tablets: Dosage Form-Food Interactions and Dosage Form Gastrointestinal Tract Interactions.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    David J. Browning.
    Summary: "Malpractice settlements are large for undetected hydroxychloroquine and chloroquine toxicity which, if untreated, can lead to permanent loss of central vision. Knowledge of the ocular toxicity of these drugs has increased during the past fifty years as their use has expanded. Hydroxychloroquine and Chloroquine Retinopathy is the first single-source book on the subject and is essential for the practicing ophthalmologists, rheumatologists, dermatologists, and internists who prescribe these drugs. It covers clinical topics such as signs and symptoms of toxicity, toxicity screening, ancillary testing, to whom and why the drugs are prescribed and dosing considerations. Additionally, the book addresses practice management considerations, including coding, reimbursement and equipment costs, and the medico-legal responsibilities of the rheumatologist and of the ophthalmologist. Guidelines for the management of hydroxychloroquine and chloroquine vary around the world and differences between the guidelines of the United Kingdom, the United States, and other countries are identified. The book concludes with a collection of case examples illustrating common clinical scenarios and their management. This book is a “must-have” resource for physicians who use these drugs."--Publisher's website.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    volume editors, Renato Pasquali, Duarte Pignatelli.
    Contents:
    In utero androgen excess : a developmental commonality preceding polycystic ovary syndrome? / Abbott, D.H.; Kraynak, M.; Dumesic, D.A.; Levine, J.E.
    Androgens, body composition and their metabolism based on sex / Giagulli, V.A.; Castellana, M.; Pelusi, C.; Triggiani, V.
    Understanding the role of androgen action in female adipose tissue / Schiffer, L.; Arlt, W.; O'Reilly, M.W.
    The role of androgen excess on insulin sensitivity in women / Diamanti-Kandarakis, E.; Pappalou, O.; Kandaraki, E.A.
    Androgens in congenital adrenal hyperplasia / Pignatelli, D.; Pereira, S.S.; Pasquali, R.
    Androgens in Cushing's disease and syndrome / Arnaldi, G.
    Hyperandrogenism : not only PCOS / Di Dalmazi, G.
    Androgen secreting ovarian tumors / Macut, D.; Ilic, D.; Mitrovic Jovanovic, A.; Bjekic-Macut, J
    Endocrinology of hirsutism : from androgens to androgen excess disorders / Yilmaz, B.; Yildiz, B.O.
    Obesity and androgens in women / Pasquali, R.; Oriolo, C.
    Androgens in menopausal women : not only PCOS / Kostakis, E.K.; Gkioni, L.N.; Macut, D.; Mastorakos, G.
    Androgen excess in women : proteomic and metabolomic approaches / Insenser, M.; Escobar-Morreale, H.F.
    Androgens and severe insulin resistance states : basic and clinical aspects / Gambineri, A.; Zanotti, L.; Ibarra-Gasparini, D.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Digital
    Marcella Donovan Walker, editor.
    Summary: While there are some books that include discussions of individual causes of hypercalcemia, there are none that provide basic guidance on the approach, diagnosis and treatment of hypercalcemia, while also offering an in-depth, detailed, state-of-the-art review of the individual causes by world-renowned experts in the field. Topics discussed include pathophysiology, differing diagnostic strategies for both the pediatric and adult patient, the various forms and causes of hypercalcemia as well as current treatment regimens and algorithms. Selected chapters are enhanced with illustrative cases, thereby complementing theoretical matter with real-world applications to the practice of medicine, and tables and figures allow the reader to solidify concepts in an easily digestible format. By integrating an evidence- and guideline-based framework along with an up-to-date, research-based summary of each cause, Hypercalcemia is relevant for expert clinicians and up-and-coming medical students alike. .

    Contents:
    Normal Regulation of Serum Calcium
    Pathophysiology and Clinical Manifestations of Hypercalcemia
    Diagnostic Approach to the Adult Patient with Hypercalcemia
    Diagnostic Approach and Treatment of the Pediatric Patient with Hypercalcemia
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Genetic Causes of Hypercalcemia/Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Familial Hypocalciuric Hypercalcemia and Disorders of the Calcium Sensing Receptor
    Overview of Hypercalcemia of Malignancy
    Humoral Hypercalcemia of Malignancy/PTHRP
    Hypercalcemia Related to Osteolytic Metastases and Myeloma
    Hypercalcemia Due to Malignancy Related Production of 1,25 (OH)2
    Vitamin D Intoxication
    Benign 1,25(OH)2 Vitamin D-Mediated Hypercalcemia
    Medication-Induced Hypercalcemia
    Non-Parathyroid Hormone Mediated Endocrine Causes of Hypercalcemia
    Rare and Other Causes of Hypercalcemia.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Marcelo de Paula Loureiro, José Ribas M. de Campos, Nelson Wolosker, Paulo Kauffman, editors.
    Summary: "Hyperhidrosis is a medical condition in which a person sweats excessively and unpredictably. People with hyperhidrosis may sweat even when the temperature is cool or when they are at rest.Despite prevalence of at least 1% of the global population, Hyperhidrosis is still an unknown entity, for the most part -- an undertreated and even neglected medical condition. Moreover, there are few sources summarizing the knowledge on hyperhidrosis to a wider audience. The purpose of this book is to provide information regarding hyperhidrosis, ranging from basic information on pathophysiology to the most advanced therapeutic alternatives. From a therapeutic perspective, hyperhidrosis requires clinical treatment using topical and subdermal agents as well as surgical approaches. The book will not only cover these topics but will discuss all aspects of care -- from patient selection through post-surgical complications. Special attention will be given to sympathectomies. Medical and paramedical professionals, as well as students and researchers, interested in the topic will find the book comprehensive in scope and targeted in offering practical, clinical guidance. Diagnosis and Treatment of Hyperhidrosis - A Complete Guide counts with the collaboration of most renowned specialists of this field, and is intended as an easy to read and very practical reference book."-- Provided by publisher.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Giuseppe Sito, editor.
    Contents:
    Preface.- 1 General aspects of hyperhidrosis
    2 Anatomy and physiology of sweat glands
    3 Classification of hyperhidrosis
    4 Diagnosis of hyperhidrosis
    5 Therapies for hyperhidrosis involving topical agents
    6 Oral medication in hyperhidrosis
    7 Surgical therapy for hyperhidrosis
    8 Iontophoresis in hyperhidrosis
    9 The role of botulinum toxin in hyperhidrosis
    10 Practice skills (axillary, palmar, and plantar hyperhidrosis)
    11 Management of complications in hyperhidrosis
    12 Psychological management of patients with hyperhidrosis.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Print
    Roger M. Kurlan, Paul E. Greene, Kevin M. Biglan.
    Contents:
    1. The Basal Ganglia
    2. Tremor
    3. Dystonia: Part I
    4. Dystonia: Part 2
    5. Chorea, Athetosis and Ballism
    6. Tourette's Syndrome and Other Tic Disorders
    7. Habits, Mannerisms, Compulsions, and Stereotypies --8. Myoclonus and Asterixis
    9. Restless Legs Syndrome
    10. Drug-Induced Movement Disorders
    11. Wilson's Disease
    12. Peripherally Induced Movement Disorders
    13. Psychogenic Hyperkinetic Movement Disorders
    14. The Ataxias
    Appendix. Resources for Clinicians and Patients
    Index.
    Print Access Request
    Location
    Version
    Call Number
    Items
    Books: General Collection (Downstairs)
    RC376.5 .K87 2015
    1
  • Digital
    Ann E. Kearns, Robert A. Wermers, editors.
    Contents:
    Asymptomatic Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Severe Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Nephrolithiasis in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism and Osteoporosis
    Parathyroid Hormone Measurement Considerations in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Parathyroidectomy Outcomes and Pathology in Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Localization Considerations in Persistent Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Ectopic Parathyroid Adenoma
    Parathyroid Surgery in Multiple Endocrine Neoplasia 1
    Parathyroid Carcinoma
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism Due to Parathyromatosis
    Familial Hypocalciuric Hypercalcemia
    Medical Management of Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism in Children and Adolescents
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism in Pregnancy
    Primary Hyperparathyroidism: Association with Co-Existent Secondary Causes of Hypercalcemia
    Medication Considerations in Hypercalcemia and Hyperparathyroidism
    Normocalcemic Primary Hyperparathyroidism
    Secondary Hyperparathyroidism
    Tertiary Hyperparathyroidism.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    George L. Bakris, Matthew Sorrentino, Luke J. Laffin.
    Summary: Part of the renowned Braunwald family of references, Hypertension: A Companion to Braunwald's Heart Disease provides today's clinicians with clear, authoritative guidance on every aspect of managing and treating patients who suffer from hypertensive disorders. An invaluable resource for cardiologists, endocrinologists, and nephrologists, this one-stop reference covers all the latest developments from basic science to clinical trials and guidelines related to the treatment of common to complex hypertension. Now fully updated from cover to cover, the 4th Edition offers unparalleled coverage of hypertension in an accessible and user-friendly manner.

    Contents:
    Epidemiology and Preventive Strategies
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis and Evaluation
    Risk Stratification
    Antihypertensive Therapy
    Hypertension Management Approaches
    Hypertension Management With Comorbidities
    Special Populations.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey [2024]
  • Digital
    [edited by] George L. Bakris, Matthew J. Sorrentino.
    Contents:
    General population and global cardiovascular risk prediction
    Hypertension in Latin/Hispanic population
    Hypertension in east Asians and native Hawaiians
    Hypertension in south Asians
    Pathogenesis of hypertension
    Genetics of hypertension
    Inflammation and immunity in hypertension
    The environment and high blood pressure
    Office blood pressure measurement
    Home monitoring of blood pressure
    Ambulatory blood pressure monitoring in clinical hypertension management
    White-coat and masked hypertension
    Renovascular hypertension and ischemic nephropathy
    Secondary hypertension : primary hyperaldosteronism and mineralocorticoid excess states
    Secondary hypertension : pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma
    Secondary hypertension : sleep disturbances including sleep apnea
    Hypertension in children : diagnosis and treatment
    The natural history of untreated hypertension
    Isolated systolic hypertension
    Assessment of target organ damage
    Diet and blood pressure
    Diuretics in hypertension
    Peripheral adrenergic blockers
    Renin angiotensin aldosterone system blockers
    Calcium channel blockers
    Central sympathetic agents and direct vasodilators
    Use of combination therapies
    Device therapies
    Alternative approaches for lowering blood pressure
    Approach to difficult to manage primary hypertension
    Hypertension in ischemic heart disease
    Heart failure
    Hypertension and chronic kidney disease
    Transplant hypertension
    Obesity
    Cerebrovascular disease
    Diabetes mellitus
    Dyslipidemia
    Hypertension in pregnancy
    Hypertension in older people
    Hypertension in African Americans
    Orthostatic hypotension
    Resistant hypertension
    Hypertension and the perioperative period
    Aorta and peripheral arterial disease in hypertension
    Hypertensive emergencies and urgencies
    Meta-analyses of blood pressure lowering trials and the blood pressure lowering treatment trialists' collaboration
    Team-based care for hypertension management
    Understanding and improving medication adherence
    Updated American Heart Association/American College of Cardiology; European Society of Hypertension/International Society of Hypertension guidelines.
    Digital Access ScienceDirect 2018
  • Digital
    Md. Shahidul Islam, editor.
    Contents:
    Pathophysiological mechanisms and correlates of therapeutic pharmacological interventions in essential arterial hypertension / Francesco Maranta, Roberto Spoladore, and Gabriele Fragasso
    Impact of salt intake on the pathogenesis and treatment of hypertension / Petra Rust and Cem Ekmekcioglu
    Principles of blood pressure measurement - current techniques, office vs ambulatory blood pressure measurement / Annina S. Vischer and Thilo Burkard
    Blood pressure self-measurement / Stefan Wagner
    Ambulatory blood pressure monitoring in the diagnosis and treatment of hypertension / Md. Shahidul Islam
    Treatment of hypertension: which goal for which patient? / Faiçal Jarraya
    Adherence to treatment in hypertension / Carlos Menéndez Villalva [and 5 others]
    The role of beta-blockers in the treatment of hypertension / John M. Cruickshank
    Challenges in the management of hypertension in older populations / Lisa Pont and Tariq Alhawassi
    Resistant hypertension / Debbie Valsan, Umber Burhan, and Geoffrey Teehan
    Renal ultrasound (and doppler sonography) in hypertension: an update / Maria Boddi
    Atherosclerotic renal artery stenosis / Robert Schoepe [and 3 others]
    Endocrine hypertension: a practical approach / Joseph M. Pappachan and Harit N. Buch --Phaeochromocytoma and paraganglioma / P.T. Kavinga Gunawardane and Ashley Grossman
    Renal denervation / Mohammed Awais Hameed and Indranil Dasgupta
    Subclinical kidney damage in hypertensive patients: a renal window opened on the cardiovascular system. focus on microalbuminuria / Giuseppe Mulè [and 9 others]
    Hypertension in chronic kidney disease / Seyed Mehrdad Hamrahian and Bonita Falkner
    Hypertension in the hemodialysis patient / Musab Hommos and Carrie Schinstock
    Unique considerations when managing hypertension in the transplant patient / Donald Mitema and Carrie Schinstock
    Evidence-based revised view of the pathophysiology of preeclampsia / Asif Ahmed, Homira Rezai, and Sophie Broadway-Stringer
    Hypertension in pregnancy / Roopa Malik and Viral Kumar
    Chronic hypertension and pregnancy / Luís Guedes-Martins
    Superimposed preeclampsia / Luís Guedes-Martins
    Hypertension is a risk factor for several types of heart disease: review of prospective studies / Yoshihiro Kokubo and Chisa Matsumoto
    The relationship between aortic root size and hypertension: an unsolved conundrum / Giuseppe Mulè [and 9 others]
    Treating hypertension to prevent cognitive decline and dementia: re-opening the debate / M. Florencia Iulita and Helene Girouard
    Measurement of arterial stiffness: a novel tool of risk stratification in hypertension / János Nemcsik, Orsolya Cseprekal, and Andras Tisler
    Primordial prevention of cardiometabolic risk in childhood / Meryem A. Tanrikulu, Mehmet Agirbasli, and Gerald Berenson
    Emotional stress as a risk for hypertension in sub-saharan africans: are we ignoring the odds? / Leoné Malan and Nico T. Malan
    Endothelial dysfunction and hypertension / Dildar Konukoglu and Hafize Uzun
    Cerebellar adrenomedullinergic system. role in cardiovascular regulation / Leticia Figueira and Anita Israel
    Recent advances in the genetics of hypertension / Loo Keat Wei, Anthony Au, Lai Kuan The, and Huey Shi Lye
    The role of DNA methylation in hypertension / Masashi Demura and Kiyofumi Saijoh
    Metabolomics, lipidomics and pharmacometabolomics of human hypertension / Anthony Au, Kian-Kay Cheng, and Loo Keat Wei
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer v. 2, 2017
  • Digital
    Julian Segura.
    Summary: This book guides readers through the correct use and consequent diagnostic and therapeutic relevance of 24-h ambulatory blood pressure monitoring (ABPM) in a wide spectrum of clinical presentations and different phenotypes of arterial hypertension. On the basis of eight case studies, the author reviews and discusses current guidelines and recommendations aimed at optimizing the diagnostic and therapeutic approach in commonly encountered real-world clinical scenarios, including challenging cases of white-coat hypertension, masked hypertension, isolated nocturnal or diurnal hypertension, hypertension and obstructive sleep apnea, pseudo-resistant and true-resistant hypertension, and drug-induced hypotension. This handy and practical book provides physicians in the area of general and internal medicine, as well as specialists in cardiovascular risk, valuable insights for optimizing the treatment of these hypertensive patients.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Antonio Coca, editor.
    Contents:
    Chapter 1. Epidemiology of hypertension and brain disease
    Chapter 2. Comorbidities often associated to brain damage in hypertension: Dyslipidemia
    Chapter 3. Comorbidities often associated to brain damage in hypertension: Smoking habits and alcohol intake
    Chapter 4. Comorbidities often associated to brain damage in hypertension: CAD, CKD and SAOS
    Chapter 5. Pathophysiology of brain damage in hypertension: small vessel disease
    Chapter 6. Pathophysiology of brain damage in hypertension: large artery disease
    Chapter 7. Hypertension and ischemic stroke
    Chapter 8. Hypertension and hemorrhagic stroke
    Chapter 9. Imaging techniques for detection and diagnosis of brain damage
    Chapter 10. Primary prevention of stroke
    Chapter 11. Management of high blood pressure in acute ischemic stroke
    Chapter 12. Management of high blood pressure in acute hemorrhagic stroke
    Chapter 13. Secondary prevention of stroke
    Chapter 14. Hypertension and subjective cognitive failures
    Chapter 15. Hypertension, cognitive decline and dementia.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Emmanuel A. Andreadis, editor.
    Contents:
    Hypertension; A Growing Threat
    Blood Measuring Techniques
    Key Vascular Signaling In Hypertension
    The Progression Of Hypertensive Heart Disease To Left Ventricular Hypertrophy And Heart Failure
    Cardiac Output In Hypertension
    Structural Alterations In The Hypertensive Heart Disease Result In Maladaptive Gap Junction Remodeling That Promotes Development Of Fatal Arrhythmias
    Hypertension And Atrial Fibrillation
    Echocardiographic Findings In Hypertension
    Cardiovascular Biomarkers In Hypertension
    Cardiovascular Risk Assessment And The Role Of Lifestyle Modification In The Prevention Of Hypertensive Heart Disease
    The Role Of Exercise And Physical Activity In The Prevention Of Hypertensive Heart Disease
    Hypertension And Atherosclerosis
    Selecting Optimum Antihypertensive Therapy
    The J?Curve Phenomenon In Hypertension
    Follow?Up Of Hypertensive Patients With Cardiovascular Disease
    Hypertension As A Cause Of Sudden Cardiac Death
    Approach To Erectile Dysfunction In Patients With Hypertension And Coronary Artery Disease
    Postmenopausal Hypertension And Coronary Artery Disease Risk
    The Economic Burden Of Hypertensive Heart Disease
    Hypertension; Grey Zones, Future Perspectives.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    C. Venkata S. Ram, Boon Wee Jimmy Teo, Gurpreet S. Wander, editors.
    Summary: This book will cover all aspects of hypertension and the manifestations of cardiovascular disease in the Asian population. Asia has the largest population of all the continents, and also has the largest number of people suffering from these diseases. Due to an expanding economy and increasing affluent lifestyles, their incidence is increasing at alarming rates - in fact, this continent is a ticking time bomb for HTN and CVD outbreaks. The book fills a large gap, as there are currently no volumes on this topic - and provides much-needed information for physicians not only in Asia but globally. Not only physicians, but also all related medical professionals and libraries will benefit from this book, to which renowned international experts contributed.

    Contents:
    1 Hypertension, a powerful risk factor for excess mortality and premature morbidity in Asia.-2 Summary of Recent Guidelines for hypertension.-3 Mechanisms of Hypertension
    4 Blood pressure levels and cardiovascular disease
    5 What is new in the non-pharmacological approaches to hypertension control
    6 Clinical Pharmacology of anti-hypertensive drugs
    7 Newer angiotensin receptor blockers
    8 Newer calcium channel blockers
    9 Blood Pressure measurements in clinical practice ---- methods and application
    10 True resistant hypertension: Recognition and treatment.-11 Cerebrovascular disease in Asia; causative factors
    12 Hypertension as a mechanism for dementia
    13 Blood pressure and Heart Rate Variability. What is the significance
    14 Blood Pressure levels and chronic kidney disease: A Powerful link
    15 Hypertension, diabetes, and metabolic syndrome
    16 Central aortic blood pressure, a possible marker of systemic hypertension.-17 Secondary causes of hypertension: An overview
    18 Iatrogenic causes of blood pressure elevation.-19 Renovascular Hypertension --- diagnosis and treatment options
    20 Mechanical interventional therapies for hypertension: Present status and future prospects
    21 Hypertensive disorders in pregnancy
    22 Hypertension in the elderly --- Pathophysiology and clinical significance
    23 Hypertension in children
    24 Hypertensive crises --- diagnostic and therapeutic considerations.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Agostino Virdis.
    Contents:
    1. Clinical case 1: patient with essential hypertension and systolic dysfunction
    2. Clinical case 2: patient with essential hypertension and myocardial infarction
    3. Clinical case 3: patient with diabetes mellitus
    4. Clinical case 4: patient with end-stage renal disease
    5. Clinical case 5: patient with essential hypertension and congestive heart failure
    6. Clinical case 6: patient with essential hypertension and atrial fibrillation
    7. Clinical case 7: patient with severe obesity
    8. Clinical case 8: patient with essential hypertension and previous stroke.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Maria Dorobantu, Giuseppe Mancia, Guido Grassi, Victor Voicu, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Giuliano Tocci.
    Contents:
    Case 1 Patient with essential hypertension and left ventricular hypertrophy
    Case 2 Patient with essential hypertension and diastolic dysfunction
    Case 3 Patient with essential hypertension and microalbuminuria
    Case 4 Patient with essential hypertension and proteinuria
    Case 5 Patient with essential hypertension and atherosclerosis
    Case 6 Patient with essential hypertension and high pulse pressure.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Venkatesh Aiyagari, Philip B. Gorelick, editors.
    Contents:
    Blood Pressure: Definition, Diagnosis, and Management
    The Link Between Hypertension and Stroke: Summary of Observational Epidemiological Studies
    Blood Pressure Control and Primary Prevention of Stroke: Summary of Clinical Trial Data
    Mechanisms Underlying Essential Hypertension: Neurogenic and Non-neurogenic
    The Effects of Hypertension and Stroke on the Cerebral Vasculature
    Pathophysiology and Mechanisms Whereby Hypertension May Cause Stroke
    Cardiovascular Risk Assessment, Summary of Guidelines for the Management of Hypertension and a Critical Appraisal of the 2014 Expert Panel of the National Institutes of Health Report
    Acute Blood Pressure Management After Ischemic Stroke
    Hypertensive Encephalopathy, Posterior Reversible Encephalopathy Syndrome, and Eclampsia
    Acute Blood Pressure Management After Intracerebral Hemorrhage
    Blood Pressure Management in Subarachnoid Hemorrhage: The Role of Blood Pressure Manipulation in Prevention of Rebleeding and the Management of Vasospasm
    Recurrent Stroke Prevention I: Diuretic and Angiotensin-Converting Enzyme Inhibitors (ACEIs)
    The PROGRESS Trial
    Blood Pressure Variability, Antihypertensive Therapy and Stroke Risk
    A Review of Antihypertensive Drugs and Choosing the Right Antihypertensive for Recurrent Stroke Prevention
    Vascular Cognitive Impairment and Alzheimer Disease: Are These Disorders Linked to Hypertension and Other Cardiovascular Risk Factors?
    Hypertension, Cerebral Small Vessel Disease, and Cognitive Function
    Cerebral Microbleeds, Small-Vessel Disease of the Brain, Hypertension and Cognition
    Neuroimaging of Hypertension and Related Cerebral Pathology. .
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Empar Lurbe, Elke Wühl, editors.
    Summary: This book is devoted to hypertension in children and adolescents, a clinical issue that -- thanks to the strides made in several areas of pathophysiological and clinical research -- has received growing interest in cardiovascular medicine over the last several years. Given the increasing prevalence of hypertension in children and adolescents, this book represents an important and useful tool to address what has become a significant public health issue. It covers a diverse range of topics, from advances in the definition of hypertension and the identification of new risk factors, to current treatment strategies. The book also presents an overview of the latest findings, including the clinical significance of isolated systolic hypertension (ISH) in youth, the importance of out-of-office and central blood pressure measurement, new methods for assessing vascular phenotypes, and clustering of CV risk factors. Gathering contributions by international experts and pursuing a practice-oriented approach, the book offers a valuable tool for cardiologists, pediatricians and nephrologists, as well as general practitioners.

    Contents:
    1 Introduction
    2 From pregnancy to childhood and adulthood: The trajectory of hypertension
    3 Perinatal programing and blood pressure
    4 Worldwide overview about the prevalence and trends of hypertension in Children and Adolescents
    5 Office and out of office blood pressure measurements
    6 Large vessels in hypertension: Central blood pressure
    7 Isolated systolic hypertension
    8 Secondary hypertension: Diagnostic and treatment
    9 Monogenic hypertension
    10 Neonatal hypertension
    11 The heart in hypertension
    12 The kidney in hypertension
    13 No pharmacological treatment of hypertension
    14Pharmacological approach to hypertension treatment
    15 Physical exercise in the treatment of obesity: New approach to individualize treatment
    16 Treatment of hypertension in chronic kidney disease
    17 Long term follow up
    18 Clinical trials.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    Keith C. Ferdinand, editor.
    Summary: This volume discusses the many ways to prevent, identify and control hypertension in African Americans, a common and potent risk factor for virtually all forms of cardiovascular-renal diseases. Comprehensive chapters address modifiable risk factors, such as lifestyle changes, especially sodium restriction, and appropriate combination pharmacotherapy. Emerging devices and evidence-based approaches that may also enhance effective blood pressure control and decrease the disparate cardiovascular disease risks, including MI, stroke, HF, and cardiorenal metabolic syndrome and diabetes are also discussed in detail. Written by a wide-range of experts in the field, Hypertension in High Risk African Americans: Current Concepts, Evidence-based Therapeutics and Future Considerations is a valuable resource for clinicians, researchers, health administrators and public health policy leaders to better understand the best practices and unique aspects of risk assessment and treatment of hypertension and co-morbid conditions in African Americans.

    Contents:
    Overview
    Epidemiology Awareness, Prevalence, and Control: Newest Findings on Hypertension in Blacks
    Therapeutic Lifestyle Changes to Decrease Unhealthy Eating Patterns and Improve Blood Pressure in African Americans
    Community Programs for Hypertension: A Means of Identification and Intervention in the Highest Risk Population
    Stroke and Hypertension in High Risk African Americans
    Manifestations of Left Ventricular Hypertrophy and Coronary Heart Disease: The Contribution of Hypertension and the Paradox in Blacks
    Heart Failure Morbidity, Mortality and its Relationship to Hypertension
    Hypertension and Atrial Fibrillation in African Americans
    Cardiorenal Metabolic Syndrome and Diabetes in African Americans: Adding to the Risk of Hypertension
    Central Aortic Pressure, Arterial Compliance: Emerging Tools to Identify and Guide Therapy for High Risk African American Patients
    Renal Denervation Therapy and Baroreceptor Activation Therapy: Emerging Tools for Treating Resistant Hypertension
    Practical Approaches to Promote Adherence and Improve Blood Pressure Control in Black Patients
    Integration of a Team Approach to Hypertension Treatment
    Practical Pearls in the Treatment of Hypertension in Blacks
    Hypertension in African Americans
    New Guideline Recommendations on Hypertension: Preventing CVD and Renal Disease with Applications to Blacks.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Jonathan Elliott, Harriet M. Syme, Rosanne E. Jepson, editors.
    Summary: This book provides an in-depth review on various aspects of canine and feline hypertension. Physiology, pathophysiology, epidemiology and pathological consequences of high blood pressure in cats and dogs are discussed. A comparative approach is taken, the underpinning research is critically evaluated and knowledge gaps identified. In addition, the reader is presented with evidence-based treatment strategies. The book targets researchers, graduate students and clinical specialists in small animal internal medicine as well as veterinary clinicians with interest in nephrology, cardiology, neurology and ophthalmology.

    Contents:
    Part 1: Physiology, pathophysiology and epidemiology of hypertension
    Chapter 1: Physiology of blood pressure regulation and pathophysiology of hypertension
    Chapter 2: Measurement of blood pressure
    Chapter 3: Epidemiology of hypertension
    Chapter 4: Adrenal gland disease and hypertension
    Chapter 5: Thyroid gland disease and hypertension
    Chapter 6: Genetics of hypertension
    comparison between human and veterinary medicine
    Part 2: Clinical and pathological consequences of hypertension
    Chapter 7: Hypertension and the kidney
    Chapter 8: Hypertension and the heart and vasculature
    Chapter 9: Hypertension and the eye
    Chapter 10: Hypertension and the central nervous system
    Part 3: Pharmacology and therapeutic use of antihypertensive drugs
    Chapter 11: Pharmacology of antihypertensive drugs
    Chapter 12: Management of hypertension in cats
    Chapter 13: Management of hypertension in dogs
    Part 4: Future perspectives
    Chapter 14: Future perspectives: Unmet needs in hypertension in dogs and cats.
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    [edited by] Edgar V. Lerma, James M. Luther, Swapnil Hiremath.
    Contents:
    Measurement of blood pressure in the office
    Ambulatory and home blood pressure monitoring
    Clinical evaluation of the patient with hypertension
    Hypertensive emergencies and urgencies
    The epidemiology of hypertension
    Physiology of blood pressure regulation
    Target organ damage or why should we treat hypertension?
    Primary aldosteronism and mineralocorticoid hypertension
    Glucocorticoid hypertension
    Pheochromocytoma and paraganglioma
    Other endocrine causes of hypertension
    Renovascular hypertension
    Drug-induced hypertension
    Obstructive sleep apnea and hypertension
    Hereditary causes of hypertension
    Hypertension in children and adolescents
    Hypertension in chronic kidney disease and end-stage kidney disease
    Hypertension in diabetes
    Hypertension after transplantation
    Treatment of hypertension in obesity
    Hypertension in blacks
    Hypertension in the elderly
    Hypertension in pregnancy
    Hypertension in heart disease
    Hypertension in stroke
    Hypertension in the patient with aortic dissection
    Resistant and pseudoresistant hypertension
    Hyperkalemia in hypertension
    Lifestyle modifications for hypertension management
    Blood pressure treatment goals
    Angiotensin-converting enzyme inhibitors and angiotensin receptor blocker
    Calcium channel blockers
    Direct vasodilators
    Loop and thiazide diuretics
    Potassium-sparing diuretics
    Alpha antagonists
    Beta-blockers
    Alpha-agonists
    Drug-drug and pharmacogenetic interactions
    Role of device therapy
    Orthostatic hypotension
    Baroreflex dysfunction
    Hypertension: origins.
    Digital Access ClinicalKey 2023
  • Digital
    Satoshi Kokura, Toshikazu Yoshikawa, Takeo Ohnishi, editors.
    Contents:
    Part I. Basic Science in Cultured Cells
    1. Introduction
    2.Induction of oxidative stress by hyperthermia and enhancement of hyperthermia-induced apoptosis by oxidative stress modification
    3.Molecular Damage: Hyperthermia Alone
    4.Roles of HSF1 and Heat Shock Proteins in Cancer
    5.Cellular Responses in Signal Transduction Pathways Induced by Hyperthermia
    6.Cell cycle responses to hyperthermia
    7.Thermo-tolerance
    8.Enhancement of Hyperthermia on Radio-sensitivity
    9.Inhibition of DNA repair system activity
    10. Enhancement of Hyperthermia on Anti-tumor Drug Sensitivity
    11. Inhibition of epithelial-to-mesenchymal transition (EMT) by hyperthermia
    Part II. Basic Science in Whole Body
    12.Potentiating Immune System by Hyperthermia
    13. Magnetic Nanoparticle-Mediated Hyperthermia and Induction of Anti-Tumor Immune Responses
    14. Tumor Microenvironment and Hyperthermia Part III. Clinical Science in Cancer Patients.
    15. Hyperthermia Alone
    16.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation (and Chemotherapy): Oral and Maxillofacial Cancer
    17.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation (and Chemotherapy): Lung Cancer
    18.Efficacy of hyperthermia in combination with radiation therapy for breast cancer
    19.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation: Esophageal Cancer
    20.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation (and Chemotherapy): Gynecology Cancer
    21.Combination by Hyperthermia and Radiation and Chemotherapy: Soft Tissue Sarcoma
    22.Combination by Hyperthermia and Chemotherapy: Lung Cancer
    23. Combination by Hyperthermia and Chemotherapy: Breast Cancer
    24.Combination by Hyperthermia and Chemotherapy: Esophageal Cancer
    25.Combination by Hyperthermia and Chemotherapy: Liver Cancer
    26.Hyperthermia Combined with Chemotherapy: Pancreatic Cancer
    27.Effect of hyperthermia in combination with chemotherapy and radiation therapy for treatment of urological cancer (prostate cancer and urothelial cancer)
    28.Combination by Hyperthermia and Surgery
    29.Combining Hyperthermia and Immunotherapy: NK Therapy and Hyperthermia
    30.Combination by Hyperthermia and Immunotherapy: DC Therapy and Hyperthermia
    31.Effects of fever-range hyperthermia on T cell-mediated immunity: possible combination of hyperthermia and T cell-based cancer immunotherapy
    32.Combination of Hyperthermia and Immunotherapy: Hyperthermia and Naive T-cell Therapy
    33.HIPEC for Peritoneal Dissemination
    34.A new comprehensive treatment for peritoneal metastases using cytoreductive surgery combined with hyperthermic intraperitoneal chemoperfusion
    35.Non-invasive Temperature Moniterring
    36.Development of Heating Device
    37. Epilogue.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Srihari S. Naidu, editor ; foreword by Bernard Gersh and historical context by Eugene Braunwald.
    Summary: This book provides a comprehensive clinical review of Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy (HCM), the most common genetic disorder of the heart characterized by dysfunctional contractility at the sarcomere level, resulting in the development of abnormal and occasionally focal hypertrophy on a macroscopic level. Editor, Srihari S. Naidu, has brought together a world renowned group of experts to review various different topics but, with a practical focus that will enable readers to establish the evidence-based best practice in any potential scenario. Treatment modalities including medications, pacemakers and defibrillators, and invasive septal reduction therapy (both surgical myectomy and alcohol septal ablation) will be discussed. Chapters on genetics, family screening, lifestyle concerns, and athletic screening have additionally been added given the ongoing controversies and differences of opinion on many of these issues. Each chapter within Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy begins with key points of knowledge and ends with clinical pearls that have not previously been disseminated to the wider community. The practical approach of the entire book continues with dedicated chapters on creating a Center of Excellence, including how to facilitate the multi-disciplinary approach, and on case-based reviews and discussions allowing readers to further understand how to integrate the knowledge gained from each chapter into the comprehensive and longitudinal care of the individual patient and family. The last chapter takes the reader through the management of actual patients, showing over decades the nuances to diagnosis and management and the sometimes abrupt changes in the course of their diseases that necessitate correspondingly abrupt modifications in treatment. This book will be an essential text for Trainees, Fellows, Residents and board-certified physicians in cardiology, interventional cardiology, cardiac surgery, cardiac imaging, sports medicine, paediatric cardiology, genetics and genetic counselling, and electrophysiology.

    Contents:
    Introduction
    Foreword
    Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy: The Past, The Present, and The Future
    Natural History of Untreated Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy
    Pathology & Pathophysiology
    Approach to Diagnosis: Echocardiography
    Cardiac MRI in Diagnosis and Management
    Genetics of HCM and Role of Genetic Testing
    Assessment of Heart Failure: Invasive and Non-invasive Methods
    Assessment of Syncope
    Pediatric Diagnosis and Management
    Sudden Cardiac Death Risk Assessment
    Youth and Athletic Screening: Rationale, Methods and Outcome
    Lifestyle Modification: Diet, Exercise, Sports and Other Issues
    Family Screening: Who, When and How
    Medical Therapy: From Beta?Blockers to Disopyramide
    Indications and Outcome of PPM and ICD Placement
    Management of Arrhythmia: Medications, Electrophysiology Studies and Ablation
    Indications for and Individualization of Septal Reduction Therapy
    Surgical Myectomy and Associated Procedures: Techniques and Outcomes
    Alcohol Septal Ablation: Technique and Outcome
    End-Stage Diastolic and Systolic Heart Failure: Evaluation and Timing of Heart Transplantation
    Approach to the Initial and Follow-Up Visits
    Evaluation and Management of Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy Patients through Noncardiac Surgery and Pregnancy
    Constructing a Hypertrophic Cardiomyopathy Center of Excellence
    Longitudinal Case-Based Presentations in HCM.
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Orit Kaidar-Person, Ronald Chen, editors.
    Summary: This handbook summarizes the data and techniques for hypofractionation and stereotactic radiation in a clinically-accessible way. Hypofractionated radiation therapy, which consists of larger-dose radiation treatments that are given over a shorter time period compared to conventional radiation fraction sizes, is used to treat a variety of cancers, including prostate, breast, lung, and colorectal. Conventional radiation therapy and hypofractionated radiation therapy have different effectiveness rates for cancer treatment and have different impacts on normal tissues in terms of causing toxicity. There is a significant and growing body of literature on the use of different dosing regimens to treat a variety of cancers and radiation oncologists need to keep up with the various dosing schedules, the effect of each regimen on cancer control in different cancers, and how the different schedules affect each organ in terms of toxicity. The book thus provides concise information ranging from commonly-used dose-fractionation schemes for hypofractionated and stereotactic body radiotherapy to simulation and treatment specifications to published safety and efficacy data. Chapters additionally examine the biological rationales for the efficacy of hypofractionated radiation; present clinical studies that demonstrate the efficacy and safety of hypofractionated radiation treatment in a variety of cancers; and describe the advances in technology that have allowed hypofractionated radiation to be safely given. This is an ideal guide for radiation oncology clinicians and trainees.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    edited by Brian M. Frier, Simon R. Heller, Rory J. McCrimmon.
    Contents:
    Normal glucose metabolism and responses to hypoglycaemia / Ian A. Macdonald and Paromita King
    Symptoms of hypoglycaemia and effects on mental performance and emotions / Ian J. Deary and Nicola N. Zammitt
    Counterregulatory deficiencies in diabetes / Rory J. McCrimmon
    Frequency, causes and risk factors for hypoglycaemia in type 1 diabetes / Mark W.J. Strachan
    Nocturnal hypoglycaemia / Elaine Chow, Simon R. Heller
    Impaired awareness of hypoglycaemia / Brian M. Frier
    Risks of intensive therapy / Stephanie A. Amiel
    Management of acute and recurrent hypoglycaemia / Rory J. McCrimmon
    Technology for hypoglycaemia: CSII and CGM / Josefine E. Schopman and J. Hans DeVries
    Hypoglycaemia in children with diabetes / Krystyna A. Matyka
    Hypoglycaemia during pregnancy in women with pregestational diabetes / Lene Ringholm, Peter Damm, Elisabeth R. Mathiesen
    Hypoglycaemia in type 2 diabetes and in elderly people / Nicola N. Zammitt and Brian M. Frier
    Mortality, cardiovascular morbidity and possible effects of hypoglycaemia on diabetic complications / Elaine Chow, Miles Fisher and Simon R. Heller
    Long-term effects of hypoglycaemia on cognitive function in diabetes / Christopher M. Ryan
    Neurological sequelae of hypoglycaemia / Petros Perros and Marit R. Bj́ørgaas
    Psychological effects of hypoglycaemia / Frank J. Snoek, Tibor R.S. Hajos, Stefanie A.M.P. Rondags
    Exercise management and hypoglycaemia in type 1 diabetes / Ian W. Gallen and Alistair Lumb
    Living with hypoglycaemia / Brian M. Frier.
    Digital Access Wiley 2014
  • Digital
    Maria Luisa Brandi, Edward Meigs Brown, editor.
    Summary: Hypoparathyroidism, a condition in which insufficient parathyroid hormone (PTH) is produced to maintain normocalcemia is associated with a variety of acute and chronic symptoms and complications due to hypocalcemia. Replacement therapy utilizing PTH has long been awaited, and this book is new and very timely as it coincides with the ℗ℓpublication of results on the role of the PTH molecule in the pharmacological management of this disorder. This advance is sparking renewed interest in hypoparathyroidism, which is attributable to neck surgery in most cases and to inherited disorders in a minority. Hypoparathyroidism has been written by acknowledged experts in the field and provides essential, up-to-date information on the pathology, diagnosis, and treatment of the condition. It opens by addressing in detail the anatomy and physiology of the parathyroids and describing the epidemiology and clinical presentation of hypoparathyroidism. The full range of hypoparathyroid disorders are then discussed, including the various genetic forms, postoperative hypoparathyroidism, and other forms of acquired hypoparathyroidism. Individual chapters focus on refractory disease, the impact of the condition on bone, and the management of acute hypocalcemia. Both conventional treatment for hypoparathyroidism and the novel replacement therapy with PTH ℗ℓpeptides are then thoroughly examined. Pseudohypoparathyroidism is also extensively discussed, with information on the various forms, differential diagnosis, and genetic testing. This book will be of interest to all endocrinologists, and also to surgeons and internal medicine physicians. ℗ℓ
    Digital Access Springer 2015
  • Digital
    Natalie E. Cusano, editor.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Preface
    Contents
    Contributors
    Chapter 1: Acute Postoperative Hypocalcemia After Neck Surgery
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 2: Acute Hypocalcemia from Proton Pump Inhibitor Use
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 3: Conventional Therapy of Hypoparathyroidism
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 4: Treatment with Parathyroid Hormone
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 5: Autoimmune Hypoparathyroidism
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 6: Syndromic Hypoparathyroidism Due to DiGeorge Syndrome
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 7: Autosomal Dominant Hypocalcemia Type 1
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 8: Idiopathic Hypoparathyroidism
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References Chapter 9: Hypoparathyroidism in Children
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 10: Renal Complications in Hypoparathyroidism
    Case Presentation
    Diagnosis and Management
    Treatment
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 11: Hypoparathyroidism and Cataract
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 12: Hypoparathyroidism and Seizure
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 13: Hypoparathyroidism and Quality of Life Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 14: Hypoparathyroidism and the Skeleton
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Chapter 15: Hypoparathyroidism in Pregnancy
    Case Presentation
    Assessment and Diagnosis
    Management
    Outcome
    References
    Index
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    volume editors Patrick J. Bradley, Hans E. Eckel.
    Digital Access Karger 2019
  • Digital
    Ahmed T. Hadidi, editor.
    Summary: This is the second edition of a well-received textbook that reflects the state of the art in Hypospadias Surgery. It provides a comprehensive reference that covers the History, Embryology, Anatomy, Morphology, Pathogenesis, Epidemiology, Genetics, all surgical techniques, their complications and long term follow up of Hypospadias. It is well illustrated with more than 2000 colour illustrations, operative photographs, surgical tips & tricks and complications. Hypospadias Surgery has become a true sub-specialty; however, there is a wide diversity of opinions, and a large number of operations have been described. In this unique volume, a team of world-class authors (42 experts from 19 countries) presents a professional and updated global overview on the management of this condition, highlighting and exploring the current philosophy and the different principles and techniques of hypospadias repair. Pediatric Urologists, Pediatric Surgeons, Plastic Surgeons and Urologists will benefit from reading this Second Edition. This book represents an excellent practical guide not only to surgeons in training, but also to more expert surgeons involved in the management of this common, but troublesome condition. "Surgeons should not operate on a patient with hypospadias unless they have read, marked, learnt and inwardly digested every word in every chapter in this book"--review of the first edition in the European Journal of Plastic Surgery, 2004.

    Contents:
    Section 1. General & Basic Science
    Preface of first and second editions
    1. History of hypospadias
    2. Men behind principles and principles behind techniques
    3. Normal Development of the Penis and Urethra
    4. Surgical Anatomy of the Penis
    5. Prepuce: Altered Development in Hypospadias and its Management based on Patho-embryologic Landmarks
    6. Morphology of hypospadias
    7. Pathogenesis of hypospadias
    8. The Urethral Plate and Chordee
    9. Classification & Assessment of hypospadias
    10. Epidemology of hypospadias
    11. Genetic Aspects of Hypospadias
    12. Hormones and Growth of the Genital Tubercle
    13. The Role of Preoperative Androgen Stimulation in the Management of Hypospadias
    14. Timing of Surgery
    15. General Principles
    16. Plastic Surgery Principles
    17. Principles of Hypospadias Surgery
    18. Analgesia
    Section 2. Surgical Techniques
    19. Grade I: Glanular Hypospadias Double Y Glanuloplasty (DYG) Technique
    20. MAGPI and Modified MAGPI
    21. The Meatal-based Flap Principle
    22. Slit-Like adjusted Mathieu technique (SLAM)
    23. Megameatus Intact Prepuce (MIP) Deformity
    24. Thiersch-Duplay Principle The Glans Approximation Procedure (GAP)
    25. The Inverted Y Thiersch Technique
    26. Incision of the Urethral Plate
    27. Dorsal Inlay TIP (DTIP)
    28. Urethral Advancement for Treatment of Distal Hypospadias
    29. Glanular urethral Disassembly (GUD) technique
    30. Proximal Hypospadias with Small Flat Glans; The Lateral Based Onlay (LABO) Flap Technique
    31. The Island Onlay Hypospadias Repair
    32. Perineal Hypospadias The Bilateral Based (BILAB) Skin Flap Technique
    33. Chordee Excision and Distal Urethroplasty (CEDU) for Perineal Hypospadias
    34. Preputial Island Flaps
    35. The modified Asopa (Hodgson XX) procedure to repair hypospadias with chordee
    36. Koyanagi Technique and its Modifications in Management of Proximal Hypospadias
    37. The Yoke Hypospadias Repair
    38. Dorsal Longitudinal Penile Skin Island Flap in One-Stage Repair of Hypospadias with Penoscrotal Transposition
    39. Grafts for one stage repair
    40. Two-Stage Graft Urethroplasty Free Full-Thickness Wolfe Graft
    41. The Cecil Culp Technique
    42. The Foreskin and Circumcision
    43. Protective intermediate layer
    44. Procedures to Improve the Appearance of the Meatus and Glans
    45. Buried penis
    46. Penile torsion
    47. Congenital Urethral Duplication
    48. Large Prostatic Utricle Associated to Hypospadias
    49. Penoscrotal Transposition
    50. Uncommon Conditions and Complications
    51. Hypospadias surgery in Adults
    52. Flaps versus Grafts
    53. Single Stage versus Two Stage Repair
    54. Stenting versus no stenting
    55. Dressing versus no dressing
    56. Editorial Overview of Current Management of Hypospadias
    Section 3. Complications
    57. Early complications
    58. Meatal stenosis and urethral stricture
    59. Functional Urethral obstruction (FUO)
    60. Hypospadias fistula
    61. Genital Lichen sclerosus (Balanitis Xerotica Obliterans) A review
    62. Urethral diverticulae and acquired megalo urethra
    63. Management of failed hypospadias surgery
    64. Complex and Redo Hypospadias Repairs: Management of 402 Patients
    Section 4. Long Term results
    65. Long term consequences of hypospadias repair
    66. Long term follow up in hypospadias repair: what is it and are we there yet?
    67. The Story of my Life with Hypospadias
    68. Tissue Engineering and Future Frontiers
    69. How to write a paper on hypospadias.
    70. Hypospadias Centers, Training and Hypospadias Diploma.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Amilal Bhat, editor.
    Summary: This book incorporates all aspects of hypospadias management, such as step-by-step correction of chordee and modifications in tabularized urethral plate repair, which is the commonest technique used in hypospadias repair, single-stage two-stage repairs of hypospadias with illustrated descriptions. It provides essential information like history, embryology, anatomy, Radiology in hypospadias, and classification of hypospadias. For the first time, this title presents separate chapters about female hypospadias, correction of torsion associated with hypospadias, and chordee without hypospadias. These chapters will improve the understanding of the subject for the reader and help them in modifying their surgical technique for these patients. Hypospadias surgery has a long learning curve, and the book will help the practitioners make them shorter. The book also deals with acute and chronic complications of surgery which will help the reader prevent complications and manage them. This is a complete book covering all aspects of the evaluation & management of hypospadias and their variants. It includes chapters on a healthy interposition and appropriate use of spongiosum and the techniques of spongioplasty, modifications in flap tube repair, along with the various types of prepuce and prepucioplasty. In conclusion, the book will provide a comprehensive read for all trainees/fellows and practitioners of Urology, Pediatric urology, Pediatric Surgery, and Plastic Surgery.

    Contents:
    1.Hypospadias history. The long way to perfection Sameh Shehata Egypt
    2. Hypospadias Embryology, Etiology and Classification
    3. Anatomy of penis in hypospadias.-4.Penile Anthropometry.-.General considerations in hypospadias surgery
    6.Chordee correction in hypospadias repair
    7.Management options in Anterior hypospadias
    8.Modified Tubularized incised urethral plate urethroplasty
    9. Current status of Single stage repair in severe hypospadias
    10. Incised plate urethroplasty in Severe hypospadias
    11. Spongioplasty in hypospadias repair
    12. Flaps and Grafts in hypospadias surgery
    13. The surgical approach to 2-stage hypospadias repair
    14. Modifications in inner prepucial flap repair of hypospadias
    15. Management of Chordee without hypospadias.-16. Management of Female hypospadias
    17. Management of Megmeatus Intact Prepuce
    18. Management of Penile Torsion in hypospadias and chordee without hypospadias
    19. Management of Iatrogenic hypospadias
    20. Management of acute complication of hypospadias repair
    21. Management of Late complication of hypospadias repair
    22. Management of hypospadias Cripples
    23. Management of hypospadias in DSD cases
    24. Management of Penoscrotal transposition
    25. The prepuce in hypospadias and Preputioplasty
    26. Dressing in hypospadias repair
    27. Psychosocial Sexual and fertility function of Hypospadiacs
    28. Current status Evaluation of hypospadias repair results
    29. Radiological evaluation of hypospadiacs
    30. Evolutions in Hypospadiology and current status of tissue Engineering
    31. Varables in hypospadias repair.
    Digital Access Springer 2022
  • Digital
    Kannayiram Alagiakrishnan, Maciej Banach, editors.
    Contents:
    Intro
    Disclaimer
    Contents
    Contributors
    1: Orthostatic Hypotension
    Introduction
    Pathophysiology
    Prevalence
    Symptoms
    Prognosis
    Treatment
    References
    2: Postprandial Hypotension
    Introduction
    Epidemiology
    Causes
    Pathophysiology
    Diagnosis
    Clinical Presentations
    Morbidity
    Mortality
    Differential Diagnosis
    Management
    Non-pharmacological
    Pharmacological
    Caffeine
    Octreotide
    Alpha-Glucosidase Inhibitors
    3,4-DL-Threo-Dihydroxyphenylserine
    Guar Gum
    Sitagliptin
    Other Pharmacologic Agents PPH with Chronic Medical Conditions
    PPH and Hypertension
    PPH and Diabetes
    PPH and Neurological Disorders
    PPH and Syncope, Falls
    Conclusions
    References
    3: Carotid Sinus Syndrome
    History
    The Carotid Artery Sinus
    Carotid Sinus Syndrome and Carotid Sinus Hypersensitivity: Epidemiology and Diagnosis
    Aetiology of CSS and CSH
    Carotid Artery Massage (CSM)
    Contraindications
    Complications
    CSS Treatment
    Cardioinhibitory Type of CSS
    Vasodepressive Type of CSS
    Prognosis
    Summary
    References
    4: Vasovagal Syncope
    Introduction
    Epidemiology Causes
    Mechanisms
    Clinical Presentation
    Evaluation/Diagnosis of VVS in Elderly
    Differential Diagnosis
    Treatment/Management
    Non-pharmacological
    Pharmacological
    Pacemaker Therapy
    VVS and Quality of Life (QoL)
    Driving Issues Related to Syncope
    Prevention of VVS
    Conclusions
    References
    5: Post-exercise Hypotension in the Elderly
    Introduction
    The Postulated Mechanisms of PEH
    Different Types of Exercises and PEH
    The Factors Influencing PEH
    Summary
    References
    6: Nocturnal Hypotension
    Introduction Nocturnal Hypotension and Cardiac Morbidities
    Coronary Artery Disease (CAD)
    Left Ventricular Hypertrophy (LVH)
    Nocturnal Hypotension and Cerebrovascular Disease (CVD)
    Nocturnal Hypotension and Eye Diseases
    Glaucoma
    Optic Ischemic Neuropathy
    Nocturnal Hypotension and Blood Pressure Dysregulation (Postural Hypertension and Early Morning Surge)
    Pathophysiology of Nocturnal Hypotension
    Measurement of Nocturnal Hypotension
    Management of Nocturnal Hypotension
    References
    7: Non-pharmacological Management of Hypotensive Syndromes
    Introduction Orthostatic Hypotension
    Educating the Patient
    Lifestyle Modifications
    Adequate Fluid Intake
    Salt Intake
    Sleeping in the Head-Up Position
    Waist-High Compression Stockings
    Postprandial Hypotension
    Patient Education
    Water Drinking
    Different Body Positions and Exercise
    Vasovagal Syndrome
    Patient Education
    Lifestyle Measures
    Physical Countermeasures
    Carotid Sinus Hypersensitivity
    Exercise-Induced Hypotension
    Nocturnal Hypotension
    Conclusions
    References
    8: Update on Pharmacological Management of Hypotensive Syndromes in the Elderly
    Digital Access Springer 2020
  • Digital
    Eliza B. Geer, editor.
    Summary: Cushing's syndrome is a rare disorder that is associated with many co-morbidities such as systemic hypertension, diabetes, osteoporosis, impaired immune function, and psychiatric disease, all of which severely reduce quality of life and life expectancy. This book reviews the role of cortisol in the human body, focusing on the effects of excess cortisol due to Cushing's syndrome as well as the role of the HPA axis in metabolism, inflammation, and neuropsychiatric function. The volume will cover basic mechanistic data, clinical outcomes data, and novel therapies. Also discussed are everything from abnormalities of the HPA axis, to the role of the HPA axis in the development of neuropsychiatric disorders and metabolic disorders, to new definitions of Cushing's remission and recurrence. The Hypothalamic Pituitary Adrenal Axis in Health and Disease will provide a comprehensive and multi-disciplinary review of the pathophysiology and outcomes of excess cortisol in the human body and brain as well as the role of the HPA axis in other disease states.

    Contents:
    Part 1. Hypothalamic-pituitary-adrenal axis regulation of the body, brain, and inflammation
    1. Glucocorticoid regulation of body composition and metabolism
    2. Glucocorticoid regulation of neurocognitive and neuropsychiatric function
    3. Glucocorticoids: Inflammation and Immunity
    Part 2. Cushing's Syndrome
    4. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's: Molecular pathogenesis of primary adrenal Cushing's syndrome
    5. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's
    5. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's: Pathogenesis and treatment of aggressive corticotroph pituitary tumors
    Yang Shen and Anthony P Heaney
    6. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's: Neoplastic/Pathologic and Non-neoplastic/Physiologic Hypercortisolism: Cushing verses Pseudo-Cushing Syndromes
    7. Pathogenesis, diagnosis and localization of Cushing's: Imaging strategies for localization of ACTH
    secreting tumors
    8. Recent Advances in the medical and surgical treatment of Cushing's: Surgical Treatment of Cushing's disease
    9. Recent Advances in the medical and surgical treatment of Cushing's: Medical therapies in Cushing's syndrome
    10. New themes in Cushing's definitions and outcomes: Mild adrenal cortisol excess
    11. New themes in Cushing's definitions and outcomes: Long term effects of prior Cushing's syndrome
    12. New themes in Cushing's definitions and outcomes: Cushing's disease: refining the definition of remission and recurrence
    Part 3. Beyond Cushing's: Glucocorticoid sensitivity, regulation and the metabolic syndrome
    13. Primary Generalized Glucocorticoid Resistance or Chrousos Syndrome: Allostasis through a Mutated Glucocorticoid Receptor
    14. Cortisol metabolism as a regulator of the tissue-specific glucocorticoid action
    15. Obesity and metabolic syndrome: a phenotype of mild long-term hypercortisolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2017
  • Digital
    Felipe F. Casanueva, Ezio Ghigo, editors.
    Summary: This book presents the state of the art in the pathophysiology, diagnosis, and therapy of hypothalamic and pituitary disorders. After an introduction devoted to the physiology of the neuroendocrine control of the hypothalamic-pituitary unit, the diverse disorders involving hormonal excess or deficiency are systematically addressed axis by axis. For each disorder, pathophysiology, clinical presentation, and management are discussed in detail. In addition, individual chapters focus on the neuroendocrinology of energy homeostasis and of bone metabolism, metabolic derangement secondary to pituitary dysfunction, and pituitary control of the endocrine pancreas. While the focus of the book is predominantly on pathophysiological and clinical aspects, due attention is also devoted to potential diagnostic and therapeutic innovations. The book is intended as a major reference for endocrinologists and basic and clinical scientists. .

    Contents:
    Chapter 1 Physiology of the hypothalamus pituitary unit
    Chapter 2 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of GH Deficiency
    Chapter 3 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of GH hypersecretion
    Chapter 4 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Non-functioning pituitary adenomas
    Chapter 5 Craniopharyngioma and Posttreatment Pituitary Dysfunction in Brain Tumors
    Chapter 6 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Functional pituitary dysfunction
    Chapter 7 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Secondary hypothyroidism
    Chapter 8 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Secondary hyperthyroidism
    Chapter 9 Physiopathology, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Secondary Female Hypogonadism
    Chapter 10 Central hypogonadism in the male: Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment
    Chapter 11 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Hypercortisolism
    Chapter 12 Physiopathology, diagnosis and treatment of Diabetes insipidus
    Chapter 13 Physiopathology, Diagnosis and Treatment of Inappropriate ADH Secretion and Cerebral Salt Wasting Syndrome
    Chapter 14 Physiopathology, Diagnosis, and Treatment of Hyperprolactinemia
    Chapter 15 Neuroendocrinology of Energy Homeostasis
    Chapter 16 Neuroendocrine Control of Carbohydrate Metabolism
    Chapter 17 Neuroendocrinology of Bone Metabolism.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Michael Charles Tobias and Jane Gray Morrison.
    Summary: This book is a provocative and invigorating real-time exploration of the future of human evolution by two of the world's leading interdisciplinary ecologists - Michael Charles Tobias and Jane Gray Morrison. Steeped in a rich multitude of the sciences and humanities, the book enshrines an elegant narrative that is highly empathetic, personal, scientifically wide-ranging and original. It focuses on the geo-positioning of the human Self and its corresponding species. The book's overarching viewpoints and poignant through-story examine and powerfully challenge concepts associated historically with assertions of human superiority over all other life forms. Ultimately, The Hypothetical Species: Variables of Human Evolution is a deeply considered treatise on the ecological and psychological state of humanity and her options - both within, and outside the rubrics of evolutionary research - for survival. This important work is beautifully presented with nearly 200 diverse illustrations, and is introduced with a foreword by famed paleobiologist, Dr. Melanie DeVore.

    Contents:
    Intro; Foreword; Contents;
    1: Introduction; When Philosophy Confronts Trillions of Particulars; And There Is Linnaeus; Evolutionary Hybridism; Different Measures of the World; The Problem with Proofs; Something Else; Differentiating Meaning Within the Anthropocene;
    2: Between the Theoretical and the Hypothetical; Anthropic Individuals and Multiplicities; Pre-Socratic Fragments; The Paradox and Complexity of Species Definitions; Biosemiotic Variables; Life and Death; Contemporary Hieroglyphics; Biological Differentiations; Libraries of Life; Cultural Transitions; All the Rage
    8: Biological Consensus Mechanisms: The Future of CoexistenceThe Legacy of Bambi; At Home in the Wild; A Human Ethical Commons; The Future of Protection; A New Social Contract; Safeguarding the Biosphere; Emblematic Windows on Future Evolution; Vicissitudes and Pathways of Biological Security; Biological Complexities of the Truth; "Some Third Species"; Collective Consensus: The Future of Coexistence; Adaptation Versus Compensation: The Anthropocenic Double Bind; Future Species; Index Biological Fellowships and Falling-OutsFor the Love of Birds; Activist Exploration; Enduring Contradictions Within Natural History; Epiphanies and Radical Shifts in the Human Organism; Hypothetical Biologies; Formulating the History of an Idea; Compassion Probabilities; The Third Act; Ethical Suasion: The Tipping Point for Compassion Drift from the Individual to the Species;
    7: The Varieties of Social Contracts; The Embrace of Individual and Collective Non-violence in the Eighteenth and Nineteenth Centuries; Exile from the Garden of Eden; The Valuation of Human Nature What Can We Glean of the Other?Altruism in the Biosphere; The Jain Orientation to Ecology; Human Rights; Realms of the Ideal;
    3: Taxonomic Uncertainties; A Ghost in the Himalayas; Legacies of Aristotle, Linnaeus, and Darwin; Zoological Multitudes; A United Natures;
    4: A Biosphere in Flux; Hybrid Conceptualization; What's in a Name?; Re-evolution; Future Ancestors;
    5: " ... As Far as the Microscope Reveals ... "; Darwinian Convolutions; Ecological Ideation; A Proliferation of Syntheses; Existential Import; The Yasuni Effect; Ecological Benchmarks; It's Still All About People;
    6: Human Contradictions
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital/Print
    Robert C. Roach, Peter D. Wagner, Peter H. Hackett, editors.
    Contents:
    Epigenetic Mechanisms as an Interface Between the Environment and Genome
    Developmental Origins of Hypoxic Pulmonary Hypertension and Systemic Vascular Dysfunction: Evidence from Humans
    Acquired Mitochondrial Abnormalities, Including Epigenetic Inhibition of Superoxide Dismutase 2, in Pulmonary Hypertension and Cancer: Therapeutic Implications
    Epigenetics in Cardiovascular Regulation
    Why Are High Altitude Native So Strong at Altitude?: Maximal Oxygen Transport to the Muscle Cell in Altitude Natives
    Novel Insights into Cardiovascular Regulation in Patients with Chronic Mountain Sickness
    Why Are High Altitude Natives So Strong at High Altitude?: Nature vs. Nurture
    Functional Genomic Insights into Regulatory Mechanisms of High Altitude Adaptation
    Influence of Hypoxia on Cerebral Blood Flow Regulation
    Imaging the Respiratory Effects of Opioids in the Human Brain
    Regional Cerebrovascular Responses to Hypercapnia and Hypoxia
    Implications of Oxygen Homeostasis for Brain Tumors: Biology and Treatment
    Hyperoxia and Functional MRI
    Astrocytes and Brain Hypoxia
    Bidirectional Control of Blood Flow by Astrocytes: A Role for Tissue Oxygen and Other Metabolic Factors
    Hypoxic Adaptation in the Nervous System: Promise for Novel Therapeutics for Acute and Chronic Neurodegeneration
    Optical Analysis of Hypoxia Inducible Factor (HIF)-1 Complex Assembly: Imaging of Cellular Oxygen Sensing
    Modulation of the Hypoxic Response
    Central Sleep Apnea at High Altitude
    Multigenerational Effects of Reading Atmospheric Oxygen Level on the Tracheal Dimensions and Diffusing Capacities of Pupal and Adult Drosophila Melanogaster
    Hypoxia and Its Acid-base Consequences: From Mountains to Malignancy
    Physiological and Clinical Implications of Adrenergic Pathways at High Altitude
    Hemoglobin Mass and Aerobic Performance at Moderate Altitude in Elite Athletes
    Does the Sympathetic Nervous System Adapt to Chronic Altitude Exposure?
    Integrative Conductance of Oxygen During Exercise at Altitude
    Modeling Variable Phanerozoic Oxygen Effects on Physiology and Evolution
    Caudwell Xtreme Everest: An Overview
    Energy Flux, Lactate Shuttling, Mitochondrial Dynamics, and Hypoxia
    Everest Physiology Pre-2008.
    Digital Access Springer 2016
  • Digital
    Giovanni Melillo, editor.
    Contents:
    Hypoxia and breast cancer metastasis / Luana Schito and Gregg L. Semenza
    Hypoxia and DNA damage response / Monica M. Olcina and Ester M. Hammond
    Emerging roles of non-coding RNAs in the hypoxic response / Mircea Ivan ... [et al.]
    Hypoxia and reactive oxygen species / Agnes Gorlach
    Hypoxia and gene expression / Maria Carla Bosco and Luigi Varesio
    Carbonic anhydrase IX : from biology to therapy / Silvia Pastorekova and Claudiu T. Supuran
    Imaging the hypoxic tumor microenvironment in preclinical models / Mary-Keara Boss, Gregory M. Palmer and Mark W. Dewhirst
    Clinical imaging of hypoxia / Michael R. Horsman ... [et al.]
    Hypoxia, metastasis, and antiangiogenic therapies / Dietmar W. Siemann, Yao Dai and Michael R. Horsman
    Unfolded protein response and therapeutic opportunities / Carly M. Sayers ... [et al.]
    Small molecules targeting the VHL/hypoxic phenotype / Raymond J. Louie ... [et al.]
    Hypoxia and radiation therapy / Marianne Nordsmark ... [et al.]
    Prodrug strategies for targeting tumour hypoxia / William R. Wilson ... [et al.]
    Exploiting "Hif addiction" for cancer therapy / Nicole D. Fer and Annamaria Rapisarda
    Clinical exploitation of hypoxia / Geoff S. Higgins and Adrian L. Harris.
    Digital Access Springer 2014
  • Digital
    editor Daniele M. Gilkes.
    Summary: The present book is an attempt to provide a detailed review of studies that clarify our current understanding of the role of hypoxia in the progression of primary cancer to metastatic disease. It will enable researchers to discover the critical cellular changes that occur under hypoxic conditions and play a role in metastatic dissemination, from the activation of hypoxia-inducible factors, HIF-1 and HIF-2, to the transcriptional profile changes that occur in cancer cells and promote cancer cell survival under detrimental conditions. Readers will discover the methods and challenges involved in imaging and quantifying the degree of hypoxia in a primary tumor. We will provide an understanding of the hypoxia-induced phenotypes that influence heterogeneity, alter the secretome and tumor microenvironment, modify cellular metabolism, and promote immune suppression and resistance to chemotherapy. Finally, we will uncover the therapeutic strategies that are being devised to target the hypoxic microenvironment in the hopes of preventing metastasis and improving the efficacy of standard-of-care cancer treatments. This work is an up to date source of information on the challenges and complexity of the hypoxic tumor microenvironment. Basic and translational scientists, post-doctoral fellows, graduate students, and those interested in how tumors metastasize will find this book a reference that details how hypoxia influences metastatic disease.

    Contents:
    Preface
    Hypoxia mediates tumor malignancy
    Clinical methods for quanitifying hypoxia in human tumors
    Hypoxia-induced phenotypes that mediate tumor heterogeneity
    Hypoxia and the tumors secretome
    Hypoxic signaling in angiogenesis and lymphangiogenesis
    Hypoxia induced metabolic reprogramming in cancer metastasis
    The metastatic niche and hypoxia
    Hypoxia and immune suppression
    Hypoxia-induced resistance to cancer therapy
    Therapeutic stratagies to target the hypoxic microenvironment
    Index.
    Digital Access Springer 2019
  • Digital
    volume editor, J. Bogousslavsky.
    Contents:
    Before Charcot / Pearce, J.M.S
    Socioeconomic background of hysteria's metamorphosis from the 18th century to World War I / Edelman, N.; Walusinski, O.
    "Fin-de-siècle" epidemiology of hysteria / Luauté, J.-P.
    Clinical manifestations of hysteria: an epistemological perspective or how historical dynamics illuminate current practice / Medeiros De Bustos, E.; Galli, S.; Haffen, E.; Moulin, T.
    Jean-Martin Charcot and his legacy / Bogousslavsky, J.
    Hypnosis and the Nancy Quarrel / Piechowski-Jozwiak, B.; Bogousslavsky, J.
    The girls of La Salpêtrière / Walusinski, O.
    Public medical shows / Walusinski, O.
    Emma Bovary, Hedda Gabler, and Harold Brodkey would not have lived without Charcot: hysteria in novels / Kaptein, A.A.
    Traces of hysteria in novels / Haan, J.; Koehler, P.J.
    Sigmund Freud and hysteria: the etiology of psychoanalysis? / Bogousslavsky, J.; Dieguez, S.
    Paul Sollier, Pierre Janet, and their vicinity / Walusinski, O.
    Criticism of pithiatism: eulogy of Babinski / Poirier, J.; Derouesné, C.
    The borderland with neurasthenia ("functional syndromes") / Paciaroni, M.; Bogousslavsky, J.
    World War I psychoneuroses: hysteria goes to war / Tatu, L.; Bogousslavsky, J.
    Hysteria around the world / Carota, A.; Calabrese, P.
    History of physical and "moral" treatment of hysteria / Broussolle, E.; Gobert, F.; Danaila, T.; Thobois, S.; Walusinski, O.; Bogousslavsky, J.
    "Hysteria" today and tomorrow / LaFrance, W.C.
    Digital Access Karger 2014
  • Digital
    Andrea Tinelli, Luis Alonso Pacheco, Sergio Haimovich, editors.
    Digital Access Springer 2018
  • Digital
    Sunita Tandulwadkar, Bhaskar Pal, editors.
    Summary: The book covers all aspects of hysteroscopy, adenomyomas, diagnosis, management, fact and fiction, and related technological advances. It includes detailed descriptions of the history and evolution, instrumentation, and energy sources used in hysteroscopy. Further chapters cover the process of setting up hi-tech hysteroscopy units, and the maintenance and sterilization of all instruments used during surgery. The book also examines the role of hysteroscopy in infertility and recurrent pregnancy loss, uterine malformations and endometrial polyps in detail. All chapters were written by respected international experts, and are richly illustrated with colour hysteroscopic images. Given its scope, the book offers a valuable resource for all gynaecologists and graduate students.
    Digital Access Springer 2021

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Lane Library Bookmarklet

To install, drag this button to your browser bookmarks or tools bar.

What is it?

Lane Library Bookmarklet

Bookmark on Other Websites

Bookmark on Lane

  • To Install, Right Click this Button.
  • Select "Add to Favorites" (click “Continue” if you see a security alert)
  • From the "Create in" menu, select “Favorites Bar” (IE8, IE9) to install
  • Once installed it will look like this
  • Click "Bookmark on Lane" to bookmark any webpage
  • Your saved bookmark will appear on this page
To Install, Right Click this Button.

What is it?

Beyond Stanford

Derived from Current Medical Diagnosis & Treatment, AccessMedicine's Quick Medical Diagnosis & Treatment provides topic reviews with key diagnostic and treatment features for more than 500 diseases.

A repository of medical knowledge from internal medicine, cardiology, genetics, pharmacy, diagnosis and management, basic sciences, patient care, and more.

Continuously expanding, all databases in the repository contain the latest editions of selected medical titles.

MicroMedex: Premier pharmaceutical information source containing multiple databases and drug reference tools. Of particular value is DRUGDEX Evaluations, one of the most comprehensive drug sources available. DynaMed is a clinical information resource used to answer questions quickly at the point-of-care. Easy-to-interpret Levels of Evidence help clinicians rapidly determine the quality of the available evidence.

Biomedical and pharmacological abstracting and indexing database of published literature, by Elsevier. Embase® contains over 32 million records from over 8,500 currently published journals (1947-present) and is noteworthy for its extensive coverage of the international pharmaceutical and alternative/complementary medicine literature.

Scopus is the largest abstract and citation database of peer-reviewed literature: scientific journals, books and conference proceedings. A drug information resource containing: American Hospital Formulary System (AHFS), drug formulary for Lucile Packard Children's Hospital (LPCH) and Stanford Hospital & Clinics (SHC), Lexi-Drugs (adverse reactions, dosage and administration, mechanism of action, storage, use, and administration information), Lexi-Calc, Lexi-ID, Lexi-I.V. Compatibility (King Guide), Lexi-Interact, and Lexi-PALS. A knowledge database that provides access to topic reviews based on over 6000 clinically relevant articles. The evidence-based content, updated regularly, provides the latest practice guidelines in 59 medical specialties. Selects from the biomedical literature original studies and systematic reviews that are immediately clinically relevant and then summarizes these articles in an enhanced abstract with expert commentary.

Multidisciplinary coverage of over 10,000 high-impact journals in the sciences, social sciences, and arts and humanities, as well as international proceedings coverage for over 120,000 conferences.

Includes cited reference searching, citation maps, and an analyze tool.

Features systematic reviews that summarize the effects of interventions and makes a determination whether the intervention is efficacious or not.

Cochrane reviews are created through a strict process of compiling and analyzing data from multiple randomized control trials to ensure comprehensiveness and reliability.

Provides drug information targeted for patients. ECRI Guidelines Trust: A comprehensive database of evidence-based clinical practice guidelines and related documents. MedlinePlus: A repository of health information from the National Library of Medicine. Links are from trusted sites. No advertising, no endorsement of commercial companies or products LPCH CareNotes via MicroMedex: Patient education handouts customized by LPCH clinical staff Micromedex Lab Advisor: Evidence based laboratory test information Provides patient handouts from the American Academy of Family Physician.

Largest, broadest eBook package; covers all sciences, as well as technology (including software), medicine, and humanities.

In addition to covering Wiley and Springer, MyiLibrary is also the only provider for Oxford and Cambridge University Press titles. No seat restrictions.

A collection of biomedical books that can be searched directly by concept, and linked to terms in PubMed abstracts.

A web-based, decision support system for infectious diseases, epidemiology, microbiology and antimicrobial chemotherapy. The database, updated weekly, currently includes 337 diseases, 224 countries, 1,147 microbial taxa and 306 antibacterial (-fungal, -parasitic, -viral) agents and vaccines.

Over 10,000 notes outline the status of specific infections within each country.

Large number of high quality software and database programming titles from O'Reilly. Other software titles are also available from Sams and Prentice Hall. Limited to 7 concurrent users. Includes peer-reviewed life science and biomedical research protocols compiled from Methods in Molecular Biology, Methods in Molecular Medicine, Methods in Biotechnology, Methods in Pharmacology and Toxicology, Neuromethods, the Biomethods Handbook, the Proteomics Handbook, and Springer Laboratory Manuals. Contains full text access to selected biomedical and nursing books.

Provides online, full-text access to Springer's journal titles as well as journals from other publishers.

Subjects include: life sciences, chemical sciences, environmental sciences, geosciences, computer science, mathematics, medicine, physics and astronomy, engineering and economics. Also includes eBooks.

Collection of over 8 thousand fulltext titles in engineering, math, and basic and applied biomedical research. Coverage is from 1967 to the present. A library of ebooks on a wide array of topics, digitized and made available online in conjunction with the original publishers.